CUI6595a5cac8192e906d171bd8 2023 JFIRE

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 184

CUI

JFIRE

T
MULTI-SERVICE

AF
TACTICS, TECHNIQUES,
AND PROCEDURES FOR
JOINT APPLICATION OF

R
FIREPOWER

D ATP 3-09.32
E MCRP 3-31.6
NTTP 3-09.2
R
AFTTP 3-2.6
U

SEPTEMBER 2023
AT

DISTRIBUTION AND DISSEMINATION: Dissemination authorized


only to employees of US Government Executive branch
departments and agencies, armed forces personnel, or individuals
and employers who enter into a contract with a US department or
agency. This determination was made on 01 May 2023.
N

DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any method that prevents


disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
G

*Supersedes ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6A/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-


2.6 dated 18 October 2019.
SI

Controlled by: Air Land Sea Space Application Center


CUI Category: OPSEC
Limited Dissemination Control: FEDCON
POC: Air Land Sea Space Application Center, 757-225-0902

CUI
CUI

FOREWORD
This multi-Service tactics, techniques, and procedures (MTTP) publication is a product
of the Air Land Sea Space Application (ALSSA) Center in accordance with the
memorandum of agreement between the Headquarters of the United States (US) Army,
Marine Corps, Navy, and Air Force doctrine commanders directing ALSSA to develop
MTTP publications to meet the immediate needs of the warfighter.
This MTTP publication has been prepared by ALSSA under our direction for

T
implementation by our respective commands and for use by other commands as
appropriate.

AF
R
BRYAN L. BABICH HOWARD. F. HALL
Colonel, US Army Colonel, US Marine Corps
Director Chief of Staff

D
Mission Command Center of Excellence Training and Education Command

MICHAEL R. DURKIN
E WILLIAM G. HOLT II
Senior Executive Service, US Navy Major General, US Air Force
R
Director Commander
Navy Warfare Development Center Curtis E. LeMay Center for Doctrine
Development and Education
U
AT

This publication is available through the following websites:


ALSSA (https://www.alssa.mil/);
N

US Army (https://armypubs.army.mil);
US Marine Corps
(https://usmc.sharepoint-mil.us/sites/MCEN_Support_MCDoctrine);
G

US Navy at Navy Warfare Library (https://doctrine.navy.mil);


US Air Force at US Air Force Center for Doctrine Development and Education
(http://www.doctrine.af.mil/); and Joint Electronic Library Plus
SI

(https://jdeis.js.mil/jdeis/index.jsp?pindex=0).

CUI
CUI

PREFACE
1. Purpose
This joint application of firepower (JFIRE) publication is a pocket-sized, quick-reference
guide for requesting tactical fire support in accordance with approved joint tactics,
techniques, and procedures (TTP). JFIRE contains calls for fire, a format for joint air
strike requests, close air support coordination and planning procedures,
communications architecture, weapons data, and medical or casualty evacuation

T
procedures.

AF
2. Scope
JFIRE is designed for use by tactical Service members from both conventional and
special operations forces of the Army, Marine Corps, Navy, and Air Force. It is a United
States (US) unilateral-only document. It intentionally contains some information
contained in other Service and joint publications.

R
3. Applicability
This multi-Service tactics, techniques, and procedures publication applies to all

D
commanders and their staffs that participate in operations that involve the use of joint
fires. Members of brigade, regiment, battalion, and squadron-level combat units are the
primary audience.
4. Implementation Plan
E
Participating Service command offices of primary responsibility will review this
R
publication; validate the information; and, where appropriate, use it as a reference and
incorporate it in Service manuals, regulations, and curricula as follows.
Army. Upon approval and authentication, this publication incorporates the TTP
U

contained herein into the US Army Doctrinal and Training Publishing Program as
directed by the Commander, US Army Training and Doctrine Command. Distribution is
AT

in accordance with applicable directives listed on the authentication page.


Marine Corps.* The Marine Corps will incorporate the procedures in this publication
in US Marine Corps doctrine and training publications as directed by Commanding
General, Training and Education Command. Distribution is in accordance with the
Marine Corps Order 5600.31 Marine Corps Printing, Publishing, and Reprographics
N

Equipment Regulations.
Navy. The Navy will incorporate these procedures in US Navy training and doctrine
G

publications as directed by the Commander, Navy Warfare Development Center


(NWDC) [N5]. Distribution is in accordance with MILSTRIP/MILSTRAP Desk Guide,
Naval Supply Systems Command Publication 409.
SI

Air Force. The Air Force will incorporate the procedures in this publication in
accordance with applicable governing directives. Distribution in accordance with

*
Marine Corps PCN: 144 000033 01

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 i


CUI
CUI

Department of the Air Force Instruction 90-160, Publications and Forms Management
and Department of the Air Force Manual 90-161, Publishing Processes and Procedures.
5. User Information
a. US Army Combined Arms Center; United States Marine Corps, Training and
Education Command; NWDC; Curtis E. LeMay Center for Doctrine Development
and Education; and Air Land Sea Space Application (ALSSA) Center developed this
publication with the joint participation of the approving Service commands. ALSSA

T
will review and update this publication as necessary.
b. This publication reflects current joint and Service doctrine, command and control

AF
organizations, facilities, personnel, responsibilities, and procedures. Changes in
Service protocol, appropriately reflected in joint and Service publications, will be
incorporated in revisions to this document.
c. We encourage recommended changes for improving this publication. Key your

R
comments to the specific page and paragraph and provide a rationale for each
recommendation. Send comments and recommendations directly to:

D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

ii ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Army
Commander, US Army Combined Arms Center
ATTN: ATZL-MCD
Fort Leavenworth, KS 66027-6900
DSN 552-4885 COMM (913) 684-4885
E-mail: [email protected]
Marine Corps

T
Commanding General, Training and Education Command
Policy and Standards Division, Doctrine Branch
ATTN: C466

AF
Quantico, VA 22134
DSN 278-6228 COMM (703) 784-6228
E-mail: [email protected]
Navy
Director, Navy Warfare Development Center

R
ATTN: N5
1528 Piersey St, Building O-27
Norfolk, VA 23511-2723

D
DSN 341-4185 COMM (757) 341-4185
E-mail: [email protected]
Air Force
E
Commander, Curtis E. LeMay Center for Doctrine Development and Education
ATTN: DDJ
401 Chennault Circle
R
Maxwell AFB, AL 36112-6428
DSN 493-7864/1681 COMM (334) 953-7864/1681
E-mail: [email protected]
U

ALSSA
Director, ALSSA Center
114 Andrews Street
AT

Joint Base Langley-Eustis, VA 23665-2785


DSN 575-0902 COMM (757) 225-0902
E-mail: [email protected]
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 iii


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

iv ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

SUMMARY OF CHANGES
ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTP 3-2.6, Multi-Service Tactics,
Techniques, and Procedures for Joint Application of Firepower.
This revision updates the following sections:
Chapter I
 Removed entire chapter and moved JTAR to Appendix F – can be referenced in

T
other fires and planning publications.
Chapter II

AF
 Updated “Methods of Fire and Control” table.
 Updated “Rockets and Missiles” section with additional Global Positioning
System Multiple Launch Rocket System and Army Tactical Missile System

R
information.
 Updated “Naval Call for Fire” table with method of control modifiers.

D
 Updated the “Naval Call for Fire New Target” table with twin target information.
 Updated “Surface Fire Munitions” section with weapon and munition information.
 Added “Loitering Munitions” section.
E
 Updated the DANGER CLOSE definition with updated joint publication definition.
R
 Removed the “Tomahawk land-attack missile Call for Fire” and “Message To
Observer” tables.
U

Chapter III
 Updated strike coordination and reconnaissance section with additional planning
information.
AT

 Simplified and updated the “Close Air Support Execution Template” for ease of
use and currency.
 Updated the “Terminal Attack Control Roles” and “Minimum Responsibilities”
N

table for brevity and clarity.


 Updated the “Keyhole Template” figure for clarity.
G

 Combined the various aircraft and mission check-in briefs into one generic “CAS
Check-in Brief”.
SI

 Added Army Attack Aviation/SOF Rotary-Wing Procedures section for planning


and employment.
 Updated the “Army Attack Aviation/SOF Rotary-Wing Request with SOF Gunship
Call For Fire” table.
 Removed the “TTFACOR CAS Situation Update Format” table – outdated and
majority of community uses TEFACHR Format.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 v


CUI
CUI

 Removed “Army Aviation Air-to-ground Check-in Brief” table – various check-in


briefs combined into one generic CAS Check-in brief.
Chapter IV
 Chapter IV “Cyberspace Effects” chapter removed. Cyberspace operations are
integrated into the joint targeting cycle and are not an on-call capability. The
“Joint Tactical Cyberspace Effect” form is not used within the DoD to request
cyberspace effects and the lead time required for cyberspace operations are not

T
conducive to supporting close air support. Refer to Joint Publication 3-12
Cyberspace Operations for additional information on Joint cyberspace effects.

AF
Appendix A
 Tables updated for currency.
 Removed “Spectrum Usage for Sensors, Weapons, and Marking Devices” table.

R
Appendix B
 Updated brevity terms with current Brevity MTTP definitions.

D
Appendix C
 Removed “Rotary-Wing Hellfire Designator Three-dimensional View” figure and
“Hellfire Designation Two-dimensional View” figure to reduce confusion with
other Hellfire graphics.
E
Appendix E
R
 Updated “Standard Joint Series Data Messages” table with additional J-Series
messages.
U

 Removed the “Default Initialization Data Load Timing Parameter, Mission


Profile=’Hybrid’” table – beyond the scope of executing digital aided close air
AT

support for this publication.


Appendix F
 Moved the “Joint Tactical Air Strike Request” figure from Chapter I to Appendix F.

N

Updated “Aircraft Speed and Time Conversion” tables with nautical miles
conversion numbers.
 Reformatted and updated the “Surface-to-air Missile Threat Capabilities” table for
G

current naming conventions and ease of use.


Appendix G
SI

 Updated the “Medical and Casualty Transport Capabilities” table for accuracy.
 Updated the “Medical Evacuation (MEDEVAC) Request 9-line” table – updated to
the joint doctrine standard for 9-line evacuation request.
 Updated the “Helicopter and Tiltrotor LZ Considerations” table for accuracy.

vi ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

 Updated the formatting of the “Helicopter Landing Zone Brief” table for clarity and
ease of use.
 Added a new Table: “Fixed-Wing Tactical Landing Brief” for cargo fixed-wing
casualty evacuation in degraded landing zone environments.
Appendix H
 Updated “Risk Estimate Distances” tables with the newest modeling data.

T
 Added additional educational information about risk estimate distances compared
to minimum safe distances.

AF
Appendix I
 Updated minimum safe distance WARNING boxes for additional educational
information about the purpose and use of minimum safe distance (MSDs)
compared to risk estimate distances.

R
Quick Reference Briefs and Tables
 Added additional high-use tables from the publication to this Appendix for quick

D
reference in training and combat.
 Added a new quick reference table containing “Fixed-Wing Risk Estimate
Distances” that enables munition selection based on distance from the target.
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 vii


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

viii ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

*ATP 3-09.32
MCRP 3-31.6
NTTP 3-09.2
AFTTP 3-2.6

ATP 3-09.32 US Army Training and Doctrine Command


Joint Base Langley-Eustis, Virginia
US Army Combined Arms Center

T
Fort Leavenworth, Kansas
MCRP 3-31.6 USMC, Training and Education Command

AF
Quantico, Virginia
NTTP 3-09.2 Navy Warfare Development Center
Norfolk, Virginia
AFTTP 3-2.6 Curtis E. LeMay Center for Doctrine
Development and Education

R
Maxwell Air Force Base, Alabama

D
08 SEP 2023
JFIRE
MULTI-SERVICE TACTICS, TECHNIQUES, AND PROCEDURES FOR
JOINT APPLICATION OF FIREPOWER
E
CHAPTER I SURFACE-BASED FIRE SUPPORT.......................................................... 1
R
1. Surface-to-surface Fires Integration................................................................... 1
U

2. Artillery and Mortar Fires.................................................................................... 1


3. Rockets and Missiles ....................................................................................... 11
AT

4. Naval Surface Fire Support .............................................................................. 14


5. Surface Fire Munitions ..................................................................................... 20
6. Surface Based Fire Support Definitions ........................................................... 24
7. Loitering Munitions / Lethal Miniature Aerial Missile System ........................... 25
N

CHAPTER II AIR-TO-SURFACE FIRES....................................................................... 27


1. Joint Air-to-Surface Fires ................................................................................. 27
G

2. Armed Interdiction and Strike Coordination and Reconnaissance ................... 27


3. Close Air Support (CAS) .................................................................................. 29
SI

4. Threat Mitigation Plan (Avoid-Disrupt-Destroy). ............................................... 51


5. Aircraft and Surface Fires Integration Techniques. .......................................... 52
6. Coordinated Attacks......................................................................................... 53
CHAPTER III ELECTROMAGNETIC ATTACK ............................................................ 55
1. Electromagnetic Attack Operations .................................................................. 55

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 ix


CUI
CUI

2. Planning Considerations .................................................................................. 55


3. Tasking and Execution..................................................................................... 57
4. Electromagnetic Attack Capabilities Reference ............................................... 59
APPENDIX A CAPABILITES AND COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT ........................ 61
1. Capabilities and Communications Equipment .................................................. 61
2. Aircraft Sensor Capabilities .............................................................................. 66

T
APPENDIX B BREVITY ................................................................................................ 67

AF
APPENDIX C LASER OPERATIONS........................................................................... 81
1. Laser Designation Zones ................................................................................. 81
2. Rotary-wing HELLFIRE Designator Safety Zone ............................................. 81
3. Laser Communications Examples ................................................................... 83

R
APPENDIX D AIRCRAFT-DELIVERED MUNITIONS DESCRIPTIONS....................... 85
1. Unguided Bombs ............................................................................................. 85

D
2. Guided Bombs ................................................................................................. 85
3. Guided Missiles ............................................................................................... 87
4. Guns ................................................................................................................ 89
E
5. Rockets ............................................................................................................ 90
R
6. Cluster Munitions ............................................................................................. 90
7. Illumination Flares ............................................................................................ 91
U

8. Weapon Pairings ............................................................................................. 91


APPENDIX E DIGITALLY AIDED CLOSE AIR SUPPORT OPERATIONS ................. 95
AT

1. Planning Considerations .................................................................................. 95


2. Execution ......................................................................................................... 96
APPENDIX F GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................. 105
1. Joint Tactical Air Strike Request .................................................................... 105
N

2. Collateral Damage ......................................................................................... 105


3. Conversion Tables ......................................................................................... 107
G

4. Radio Frequency Bands ................................................................................ 110


5. Surface-to-air Threat Capabilities .................................................................. 110
SI

6. Surface-to-surface Threat Capabilities........................................................... 115


APPENDIX G MEDICAL AND CASUALTY EVACUATION, LANDING ZONE, AND
AIRDROP OPERATIONS ........................................................................................... 117
1. Medical Evacuation and Casualty Evacuation ............................................... 117
2. Landing Zone (LZ) Operations ....................................................................... 119

x ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

3. Airdrop Planning Considerations ................................................................... 121


4. Fixed-Wing Tactical Landing Brief (12-line) ................................................... 121
APPENDIX H (CUI) COMBAT ONLY - RISK-ESTIMATE DISTANCES..................... 125
1. Background .................................................................................................... 125
2. Surface-to-surface REDs ............................................................................... 125
3. Air-to-surface REDs ....................................................................................... 129

T
APPENDIX I TRAINING ONLY - MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES ............................... 135

AF
1. Applicability .................................................................................................... 135
2. Parameter Assumptions................................................................................. 135
(CUI) REFERENCES .................................................................................................. 139
GLOSSARY ................................................................................................................ 141

R
QUICK REFERENCE BRIEFS AND TABLES ........................................................... 158
List of Figures

D
Figure 1. Mil-relation Formula in Shift From a Known Point Method ............................ 7
Figure 2. Open Sheafs............................................................................................... 12
Figure 3. Closed Sheafs ............................................................................................ 12
Figure 4.
E
Nominal Angle of Fall ................................................................................. 13
Figure 5. Vertical Angle of Fall ................................................................................... 14
Figure 6. CAS Execution Template............................................................................ 30
R
Figure 7. Keyhole Template ....................................................................................... 32
Figure 8. An AC-130 Wheel Example ........................................................................ 45
U

Figure 9. An AC-130 IP-to-target Run-in Example ..................................................... 46


Figure 10. An AC-130 Opposite Sector Attack Example.............................................. 47
Figure 11. RW Deconfliction from AC-130 Attacks ...................................................... 48
AT

Figure 12. Avoid-Disrupt-Destroy Threat Mitigation Methodology ............................... 51


Figure 13. Lateral Fires Deconfliction .......................................................................... 52
Figure 14. Timed Fires Deconfliction ........................................................................... 53
Figure 15. HELLFIRE Remote Designator Exclusion Zone ......................................... 81
Figure 16. Laser Designation and Optimal Attack Zones............................................. 83
N

Figure 17. DD Form 1972 .......................................................................................... 106


List of Tables
G

Table 1. Elements and Transmissions of a CFF ............................................................. 1


Table 2. Methods of Fire and Control .............................................................................. 3
SI

Table 3. Message to Observer ........................................................................................ 3


Table 4. Adjustments....................................................................................................... 4
Table 5. End of Mission Statement ................................................................................. 4
Table 6. Grid or Laser Grid Mission................................................................................. 4
Table 7. Adjust Fire Mission (Polar Plot or Laser Polar) .................................................. 5
Table 8. Adjust Fire Mission (Shift from a Known Point) ................................................. 6
Table 9. Immediate Suppression / Immediate Smoke Mission (Grid Method) ................ 7
Table 10. Marking Mission (Grid Method) ....................................................................... 8
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 xi
CUI
CUI

Table 11. SEAD Mission ................................................................................................. 8


Table 12. Artillery or Mortar Quick Smoke Request ........................................................ 9
Table 13. Artillery or Mortar Coordinated Illumination Request ..................................... 10
Table 14. GURF Report ................................................................................................ 15
Table 15. NGS Report Format ...................................................................................... 16
Table 16. NSFS Call for Fire (Grid/Polar Plot/Shift from a Known Point) ...................... 17
Table 17. Fresh Target (Example) ................................................................................ 18
Table 18. New Target (Example) .................................................................................. 19

T
Table 19. Field Artillery Cannons and NSFS ................................................................. 20
Table 20. Mortars .......................................................................................................... 21

AF
Table 21. Artillery/Mortar/Illumination Factors ............................................................... 22
Table 22. Planning Data for Smoke .............................................................................. 22
Table 23. Artillery Precision Munitions .......................................................................... 23
Table 24. Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) and High Mobility Artillery Rocket
System (HIMARS) ...................................................................................... 23

R
Table 25. Lethal Miniature Aerial Missile System Capabilities ...................................... 26
Table 26. Description, Location, Elevation, Remarks, and Restrictions Attack Briefing 28

D
Table 27. CAS Execution Template .............................................................................. 29
Table 28. Terminal Attack Control Roles and Minimum Responsibilities....................... 31
Table 29. Routing and Safety of Flight Considerations ................................................. 31
Table 30. Aircraft Check-in Briefing ............................................................................... 33
E
Table 31. Situation Update TEFACHR Format .............................................................. 34
Table 32. Game Plan and CAS 9-line Brief ................................................................... 36
Table 33. Battle Damage Estimate (BDA) Report ......................................................... 37
R
Table 34. An Example of JTAC/FAC(A) to JFO Coordination ....................................... 39
Table 35. Observer Lineup ............................................................................................ 39
U

Table 36. JFO Target Brief (lines 4-8 of CAS 9-line) ..................................................... 40
Table 37. RW CAS 5-line Brief ...................................................................................... 41
Table 38. Army Attack Aviation/SOF Rotary Wing Request and SOF Gunship CFF
AT

Format ........................................................................................................ 43
Table 39. Adjusting AC-130 Gunship Fire ..................................................................... 44
Table 40. AC-130 Integration Attributes ........................................................................ 45
Table 41. Integrated RW and AC-130 Communication Example .................................. 48
Table 42. Checklist for CAS with Non-JTAC Qualified Personnel ................................. 50
N

Table 43. Coordinated Attacks ...................................................................................... 54


Table 44. Electromagnetic Attack Request Form (EARF) ............................................. 58
G

Table 45. Electromagnetic Attack Brief ......................................................................... 59


Table 46. Joint Electromagnetic Attack Capabilities ...................................................... 60
Table 47. Fixed-Wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment ............................ 61
SI

Table 47. Fixed-Wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment (Cont’d) ............. 63


Table 48. Rotary-wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment ........................... 64
Table 49. Unmanned Aircraft System Capabilities and Communication ....................... 65
Table 50. Aircraft Sensor Capabilities ........................................................................... 66
Table 51. Key to Appendix B ......................................................................................... 67
Table 52. General Brevity Terms .................................................................................. 68
Table 53. Marking Brevity Terms .................................................................................. 73
xii ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

Table 54. Laser Brevity Terms ...................................................................................... 74


Table 55. Infrared Brevity Terms ................................................................................... 75
Table 56. Video Downlink and Remote Video Terminal Brevity Terms ......................... 75
Table 57. Sensor Tasking Brevity Terms ...................................................................... 77
Table 58. Digitally Aided Close Air Support Brevity Terms............................................ 79
Table 59. Electromagnetic Warfare Brevity Terms ........................................................ 80
Table 60. HELLFIRE Exclusion Zones .......................................................................... 81
Table 61. Recommended Target-Weapon Pairings ...................................................... 92

T
Table 62. Link 16 Requirements ................................................................................... 95
Table 63. SADL Requirements ...................................................................................... 95

AF
Table 64. Variable Message Format (VMF) Requirements ........................................... 95
Table 65. Standard Joint Series Data Messages .......................................................... 96
Table 66. DACAS: VMF over CNR Format ................................................................... 97
Table 67. DACAS: SADL or Link 16 Format.................................................................. 99
Table 68. DACAS: JFO Integration using Line of Sight Communication1 .................... 102

R
Table 69. Aircraft Speed and Time Conversions ......................................................... 107
Table 70. Aircraft Run-in Speeds ................................................................................ 107

D
Table 71. Ground Speed (GS) and Time Conversions ................................................ 108
Table 72. Distance Conversion Table ......................................................................... 109
Table 73. TLE Categories ........................................................................................... 109
Table 74. Frequency Band Descriptions ..................................................................... 110
E
Table 75. Surface-to-air Missile Threat Capabilities .................................................... 111
Table 76. Air Defense Artillery Threat Capabilities ...................................................... 115
Table 77. Antitank Guided Missile Threats .................................................................. 115
R
Table 78. Indirect Fire Threats .................................................................................... 116
Table 79. Multiple Launch Rocket System Threats ..................................................... 116
U

Table 80. Tanks and Armor Threats ............................................................................ 116


Table 81. Medical and Casualty Transport Capabilities .............................................. 117
Table 82. 9-Line Evacuation Request ......................................................................... 118
AT

Table 83. Helicopter or Tiltrotor LZ Considerations ..................................................... 119


Table 84. Helicopter or Tiltrotor (HLZ) Brief ................................................................ 120
Table 85. Airdrop Brief ................................................................................................ 122
Table 86. Fixed-Wing Tactical Landing Zone Brief (12-Line) ...................................... 123
Table 87. Unguided Mortar REDs ............................................................................... 126
N

Table 88. Unguided Cannon and Rocket REDs .......................................................... 127


Table 89. Precision-guided Munitions REDs ............................................................... 128
G

Table 90. Naval Gunfire REDs .................................................................................... 129


Table 91. Tomahawk Land-attack Missile REDs ......................................................... 129
Table 92. (CUI) Fixed-wing REDs ............................................................................... 130
SI

Table 93. Rotary-wing REDs ....................................................................................... 133


Table 94. Minimum Safe Distances (Training Use Only) ............................................. 136

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 xiii


CUI
CUI

PROGRAM PARTICIPANTS
The following commanders and agencies participated in creating this publication:
Joint
United States (US) Joint Staff (JS), J6, Joint Fires Division, Suffolk, Virginia
Army

T
Aviation Center of Excellence, Fort Rucker, Alabama
Fires Center of Excellence, Fort Sill, Oklahoma

AF
US Army Combined Arms Center, Fort Leavenworth, Kansas
US Army Special Operations Command, Fort Bragg, North Carolina
US Army Training and Doctrine Command, Joint Base Langley-Eustis, Virginia

R
Marine Corps
Marine Aviation Weapons and Tactics Squadron One, Marine Corps Air Station, Yuma,

D
Arizona
Marine Corps Artillery Detachment, Fort Sill, Oklahoma
Policy and Standards Division, Doctrine Branch, Quantico, Virginia
E
Marine Raider Regiment, Camp Lejeune, North Carolina
R
Navy
Expeditionary Warfare Training Group Atlantic, Joint Expeditionary Base Little Creek-
U

Fort Story, Virginia


Navy Warfare Development Center, Norfolk, Virginia
AT

Air Force
724th Special Tactics Group, Pope AFB, North Carolina
6th Combat Training Squadron, Nellis AFB, Nevada
N

66th Weapons Squadron, Nellis AFB, Nevada


492nd Special Operations Training Group, Hurlburt Field, Florida
G

Close Air Support Integration Group, Nellis AFB, Nevada


Curtis E. LeMay Center for Doctrine Development and Education, Maxwell AFB,
Alabama
SI

US Air Force Weapons School, Nellis AFB, Nevada

xiv ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Chapter I
SURFACE-BASED FIRE SUPPORT
1. Surface-to-surface Fires Integration
a. A sound understanding of the airspace control authority’s airspace control
construct is the foundation for rapid and effective surface-to-surface fires. Without
proper planning, airspace clearance to allow fires can be prohibitively slow. It is vital

T
that surface fires planners work with aviation fires planners to build an airspace
control plan appropriate for the situation.

AF
b. Warfighters should familiarize themselves with the airspace control plan and the
airspace control order for the battle management area (BMA) above their area of
operations. Refer to Army Techniques Publication (ATP) 3-52.1; Marine Corps
Reference Publication (MCRP) 3-20.F4; Navy Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures

R
(NTTP) 3-56.4; Air Force Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (AFTTP) 3-2.78;
Multi-Service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (MTTP) for Airspace Control.

D
c. In addition, warfighters should also incorporate range safety policy and guidelines
when integrating surface-to-surface fires in accordance with MCO 3570.1C, Range
Safety.
2. Artillery and Mortar Fires
E
a. Call for Fire (CFF). The CFF has six elements communicated in three distinct
transmissions to the fire direction center (FDC). Table 1 shows the three
R
transmissions and six elements in a CFF.

Table 1. Elements and Transmissions of a CFF


U

1st Transmission
1. Observer identification (call sign).
AT

2. Warning order.
2nd Transmission
3. Target location.
3rd Transmission
N

4. Target description.
5. Method of engagement.
6. Method of fire and control.
G

(1) Observer Identification (ID). This first element of the CFF lets the receiving
unit know who is calling for fire. The observer uses a call sign.
SI

(2) Warning Order. The warning order clears the net for the fire mission. The
warning order consists of the type of mission, the size of the element to fire for
effect (FFE), and the method of target location. It is a request for fire unless prior
authority has been given to order fire.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 1


CUI
CUI

(a) Adjust Fire. When the observer believes the situation requires an
adjusting round (because of a questionable target location), the observer
announces, “adjust fire.”
(b) Fire for Effect. The observer announces “fire for effect” when the observer
is certain the target location is accurate for a desired effect on the first volley.
(c) Suppress. Suppressive fires degrade a threat’s weapons system below
the level needed to disrupt friendly fire from achieving their mission

T
objectives. Normally, suppression missions are fired on preplanned targets
and a duration is associated with the CFF.

AF
(d) Immediate Suppression or Immediate Smoke. When engaging a planned
target or target of opportunity that is, or is about to, engage friendly forces,
the observer announces “immediate suppression” or “immediate smoke”
followed by the target location. This is sent in a single transmission.

R
(e) Suppression of Enemy Air Defenses (SEAD). SEAD fires neutralize,
destroy, or temporarily degrade surfaced-based enemy air defenses by a
destructive or disruptive means and may be delivered from land, maritime,

D
and/or air component forces.
(3) Target Location. The observer provides the receiving unit the target location
data using the grid, polar, or shift from a known point method. The most common
E
method uses grid coordinates. In a grid mission, a standard of six-digit grids are
sent. Five requirements for accurate predicted fires are:
R
(a) An accurate target location and size.
(b) An accurate firing unit’s location.
U

(c) Accurate weapon and ammunition information.


(d) Accurate meteorological information.
AT

(e) Accurate computational procedures.


(4) Target Description. This element contains sufficient detail (i.e., type, size,
activity, and degree of protection) for the receiving unit to determine the amount
and type of ammunition to use.
N

(5) Method of Engagement. Observers use this element to describe how they
desire to attack their target. The standard is area fire and high explosives/fuze
G

quick. Elements to consider are listed below:


(a) Type of adjustment (area or precision fire).
SI

(b) Danger close.


(c) Mark.
(d) Trajectory (low or high angle).
(e) Ammunition (projectile, fuze, or volume of fire).
(f) Distribution (converged, open, linear, rectangular, or irregular sheaf).

2 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

(6) Method of Fire and Control. In this element, the observer indicates the
desired manner of attack and who has fire control authority. The observer also
indicates the ability to directly observe the target. The methods are listed in table
2.
Table 2. Methods of Fire and Control
When ready Check firing*

T
At my command Cease fire**
Cannot observe Check fire**

AF
Time on target Continuous fire
Time to target* Repeat
Coordinated illumination Request splash

R
Continuous illumination Do not load*
Cease loading* Duration

D
* Artillery specific
** Mortars specific
Note: The observer should be prepared for the receiving unit
E
to authenticate the observer after the read back in the call
for fire.
(7) Message to Observer (MTO). The supporting FDC sends this information to
R
the observer. The observer will read back the entire MTO. The MTO should
include the items listed in table 3 (asterisk (*) items are required).
U

Table 3. Message to Observer


1. Units to fire* (firing unit, adjusting 4. Target number*.
AT

unit). 5. Time of flight (in seconds).


2. Changes to call for fire* (if any). 6. Maximum ordinate altitude.
3. Number of rounds* (per tube). 7. Additional information.
N

*Required item.
b. If conducting a grid mission, the observer may include “break, direction XXXX”
G

(observer target direction) after the MTO. This must be transmitted for the first
adjustment.
c. Corrections. The observer should send corrections to the FDC to move the burst
SI

onto an adjusting point. The observer sends corrections, in meters, in reverse order
of that used in spotting (i.e., deviation, range, and height of burst). If a forward air
controller (airborne) (FAC(A)) is the observer, expect “burst grid” location for
corrections (see table 4).

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 3


CUI
CUI

Table 4. Adjustments
“Left/right __________________________________________________;
(meters, distance from impact to observer-target line)
Add/drop ___________________________________________________;
(meters, distance from impact to target)

T
Up/down, over______________________________________________.”
(meters, distance from height of burst (HOB) to desired HOB)

AF
“Fire for effect, over.” (Sent with the final correction when effects on target are
observed)
d. Completion. At mission completion, the CFF concludes with an end of mission
transmission in table 5.

R
Table 5. End of Mission Statement

D
“Target # XXXX,_______________________________________, over.”
(Refinement, record as target, end of mission, and surveillance)
E
e. Mission Formats. Tables 6-13 contain standard formats for transmitting the
essential information related to CFF missions.
R
Table 6. Grid or Laser Grid Mission
Observer: “_________________this is_________________,
U

(FDC’s call sign) (observer’s call sign)


(adjust fire, fire for effect), over.”
“Grid ____________________________, over.”
AT

(minimum 6 digits)
Target Description: “ ____________________ .”
(target description, size, activity)
Method of engagement (optional): ____________
N

Method of fire and control (optional):______________________“Over.”


Note: The observer announces a “laser grid” mission in the warning order. Send
G

the target grid to a greater level of accuracy (8 or 10 digits, depending on


observation post location accuracy). In an adjust fire mission, send corrections in
the form of a grid to the burst location and announce, “burst grid”.
SI

Message to Observer
Adjustments
End of Mission
Legend:
FDC—fire direction center
4 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

Table 7. Adjust Fire Mission (Polar Plot or Laser Polar)


Observer: “ _______ this is ________ , adjust fire polar, over.”
(FDC’s call sign)(observer’s call sign)
“Direction ____________________________ .”
(OTL to the nearest 10 milliradians or 1 degree)
Note: Specify degrees to the FDC only if the direction is given in degrees.

T
“Distance ____________________________ .”
(to the nearest 100 m)
“Up/down ____________________________ .”

AF
(to the nearest 5 m)
Target description: “ ___________________ .”
(target description, size, activity)
Method of engagement (optional): ____________

R
Method of fire and control (optional): __________

“Over.”

D
Note: Laser polar differs from a polar mission in that laser data is sent to the
nearest one milliradian for direction and vertical angle and the nearest 10 m for
distance. The observer announces “laser polar” in the warning order.
E
Message to Observer
Adjustments
R
End of Mission
Legend:
FDC—fire direction center OTL—observer-target line
U

m—meter
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 5


CUI
CUI

Table 8. Adjust Fire Mission (Shift from a Known Point)


Observer: “_______ this is _____, adjust fire,
(FDC’s call sign) (observer’s call sign)
shift ____________________________ , over.”
(Identify the known point; for example: target AA7733)
“Direction _____________________________ ”
(OTL to the nearest 10 mils or 1 degree grid to the new target)

T
Note: Specify degrees to the FDC only if the direction is given in degrees.
“Left/right _____________________________ ;

AF
(lateral shift to the nearest 10 m)
“Add/drop ____________________________ ;
(range shift to the nearest 100 m)
“Up/down _______________________ , over.”

R
(vertical shift to the nearest 5 m)
Target description: “ ____________________ .”
(target description, size, and activity)

D
Method of engagement (optional): ____________
Method of fire and control (optional): __________

“Over.”
Message to Observer
E
Adjustments
R
End of Mission
Legend:
U

FDC—fire direction center mil—milliradian


m—meter OTL—observer-target line
AT
N
G
SI

6 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

f. Figure 1 provides a graphical depiction and the milliradian-relation formula used in


table 8.

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT

Figure 1. Mil-relation Formula in Shift From a Known Point Method

Table 9. Immediate Suppression / Immediate Smoke Mission


(Grid Method)
N

Observer: “_________ this is ______________


(fire direction center’s call sign)(observer’s call sign)
Immediate suppression/immediate smoke, over.”
G

(target number or minimum 6-digit grid)


Note: The United States Marine Corps may include a “duration” call after target
SI

location.
Message to Observer
Adjustment
End of Mission
Note: With an immediate suppression mission, the transmission will not include the
message to observer, adjustment, nor mission completion messages.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 7


CUI
CUI

Table 10. Marking Mission (Grid Method)


Marking missions could be used to identify targets for aircraft or as navigational
aids. Also, they can be used to signal prearranged battlespace cues.
Observer: “_______ , this is _____________ , fire for effect, over.”
(fire direction center) (observer)
“Grid _____________ , over.”
(6 digit minimum)

T
“Marking round, white phosphorous, at my command, request time of
flight, over.”

AF
Note: This is close air support (CAS) time on target for marking. White
phosphorous is delivered 30 seconds and illumination on deck is delivered 45
seconds prior to CAS time over target.
Method of engagement (optional): ______________________________

R
Method of fire and control (optional): ____________________________
Message to Observer
End of Mission

D
Table 11. SEAD Mission
E
Observer: “_______ , this is ________ , SEAD, over.”
(FDC’s call sign)(observer’s call sign)
“Grid to suppress ________ , grid to mark ______ , over.”
R
(6-digit minimum) (6-digit minimum)
“ ________ , ___________________ ,
U

(target description) (continuous/interrupted/non-standard)


_______________________ TOT (or TTT), over.”
(timing)
AT

Note: Continuous: TOT-60, TOT-30, TOT, TOT+30, TOT+60 (seconds).


|----------|----------|----------|----------|
Interrupted: TOT-60, TOT-30.
Non-standard: As desired by observer.
N

Message to Observer
End of Mission
Legend:
G

FDC—fire direction center TOT—time on target


SEAD—suppression of enemy air TTT—time to target
defenses
SI

8 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 12. Artillery or Mortar Quick Smoke Request


Observer: “_______ , this is _______ , adjust fire, over.1”
(FDC’s call sign)(observer’s call sign)
“Grid ___________________________ , over.”
(minimum 6 digits)
“Screen ______________________________ ”
(target description)

T
Method of engagement (optional2): ___________
L—length of smoke screen desired

AF
M—maneuver target line3
D—direction of wind: (head or tail, right or left cross)
T—time or duration the smoke screen is to be effective
“Smoke, white phosphorus, red phosphorus, in effect, over.”
Adjust Fire Up/Down

R
For ground burst: “Up 100”
Notes:

D
1. Use HE to adjust until a 200-meter bracket is split then request “shell smoke,
repeat”. Verify placement of smoke and fire for effect.
2. The method of engagement is not optional for quick smoke missions. If not
included in the initial call for fire, it must be sent prior to requesting fire for effect.
E
3. When using mortars for quick smoke, altitude of the desired smoke screen
should be included in addition to the maneuver target line (MTL) as the MTL
R
cannot be inputted into the lightweight handheld mortar ballistic computer.
Legend:
FDC—fire direction center HE—high explosive
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 9


CUI
CUI

Table 13. Artillery or Mortar Coordinated Illumination Request

CAUTION
Illumination can adversely impact the operations of adjacent and supporting
units and requires care and adequate coordination.

T
Observer: “_____________ , this is _________ ”

AF
(fire direction center (FDC) call sign)(observer’s call sign)
Warning Order: “ __________________ , over.”
Target location: “ __________________ , over.”
(grid, polar, or shift)
Target description: “ _____________________ .

R
(suspected, target description, size, and activity)
Method of engagement: “Illumination,

D
Method of fire and control: __________ , over.”
(by shell, at my command, request ordinate information)
Note: To receive two- or four-gun illumination during an illumination mission,
transmit the following under method of fire and control:
E
For two-gun illumination: Two rounds burst simultaneously in the target area.
The observer calls for “illumination two guns.” Use “range spread” or “lateral
R
spread” (in relation to the observer-target line (OTL) for artillery or in relation to
the gun-target line (GTL) for mortars) when greater illumination is required in
U

depth or width within the targeted area.


For four-gun illumination: “range and lateral spread”.
AT
N
G
SI

10 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 13. Artillery or Mortar Coordinated Illumination Request (Cont’d)


Message to Observer From FDC
“Direction (If not already given) ______ , over.”
(the default is milliradians (specify if using degrees))
Adjustments Include:
“Left/right ____________________________ ;”
(in 200-meter increments)

T
Add/drop ____________________________ ;”
(in 200-meter increments)

AF
Up/down _____________________________ .”
(in 50-meter increments)
Notes:
1. Adjust illumination over the adjusting point or target. When desired illumination

R
is obtained, the observer transmits: “illumination mark”.
2. When the target is verified, the observer transmits “coordinated illumination”

D
and attacks with desired munitions using the standard call-for-fire format. When
adjusting the illumination round or high-explosive round, the observer must
preface each correction with which munition to adjust.
3. Coordinated illumination directs the FDC to calculate and direct firing the
E
illumination and attack munitions at a time that should result in the attack
munitions impacting when the target is at maximum illumination.
R
4. Observers who desire to control firing the illumination and attack
munitions transmit: “By shell, at my command.”
U

3. Rockets and Missiles


AT

Global Positioning System Multiple Launch Rocket System (GMLRS) and the Army
Tactical Missile System (ATACMS) employ inertial guided, Global Positioning System
(GPS) aided munitions. The multiple launch rocket system (MLRS) munitions,
specifically the Guided MLRS Unitary Rocket (GMLRS-U), are the more commonly
N

employed munition. For more information regarding the ATACMS, see ST 6-60-30 The
Army Tactical Missile System (Army TACMS) Family of Munitions (AFOM) Tactics,
Techniques and Procedures (TTP) and ST 6-60-57 The Army Tactical Missile System
G

(Army TACMS) M57/M57A1 Unitary Tactics, Techniques and Procedures (TTP). For
range safety policy see MCO 2570.1C, Range Safety.
SI

a. Sheafing
(1) Each MLRS system (M270/M142) has software variants programmed within it
to determine aimpoints for three sheaf types. The aimpoints are offset from the
target location by use of the sheafing radius distance. The three sheaf types are
point, open, and closed.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 11


CUI
CUI

(2) The point sheaf is one in which all rockets are fired at the desired point of
impact (DPI) and the distance between rockets is established using Joint
Munitions Effectiveness Manual (JMEM). The only distribution of multiple rockets
fired in a point sheaf is the very small round by round variation based on circular
error probable (CEP).
(3) The open sheaf is effective against personnel targets and is appropriate
when target location error (TLE) precludes using a closed sheaf. Generally, dual-

T
purpose improved conventional munitions (DPICM) are employed against these
types of targets. Figure 2 depicts the open sheaf in each of the one through six
rocket options.

AF
R
D
Figure 2. Open Sheafs
E
(4) The closed sheaf is effective against light material and personnel targets.
Generally, DPICM are employed against these target types. Figure 3 depicts the
R
closed sheaf in each of the one through six rocket options.
U
AT
N

Figure 3. Closed Sheafs


(5) The Multiple Precision Aimpoint Mission (MPAM) is a special mission type
G

designed for engaging a “grouping” of point targets with precision munitions.


When describing an MPAM target, the mission initiator/observer provides multiple
grid locations (individual aimpoints) and target description(s) (with associated
SI

trajectory/fuze mode if applicable), one for each precision aimpoint. The only
MLRS MPAM munition is MLRS high explosive guided.
b. Angle of Fall
(1) There are two settable angles of fall (AoFs) used with GMLRS-U, nominal
and vertical.

12 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

(2) The nominal AoF for ranges greater than 30km is 65 degrees from the
horizontal plane. At ranges below 30km, 65 degrees is unattainable, see figure 4.
The nominal AoF is the default AoF when the point detonate fuze option is
selected. Choose the vertical AoF for the point detonate fuze option only when a
building or other obstacle precludes using the nominal AoF. Effectiveness with
the point detonate fuze option is increased with the nominal AoF.
(3) The vertical AoF for ranges from 37 to 65km is 87, 88, 89, or 90 degrees from

T
the horizontal plane. At ranges shorter than 35km and greater than 65km, the
steepest angles are unattainable, see figure 5. The vertical AoF is the default for
the delay and proximity fuze options. The vertical AoF is more favorable when

AF
using the delay fuze option to attack targets where blast effects can be achieved
through the weaponeering solution.
(4) Knowing the AoF is critical when engaging targets in an urban environment
as buildings can deny access to some targets. Figures 4 and 5 present a graphic

R
representation of AoF in 5km increments.
(5) The most favorable AoF is achieved between ranges 30km and 70km for

D
nominal and between 35km and 65km for vertical; whenever possible, this should
be a consideration when positioning M270A1/M142 launchers to provide
GMLRS-U fires. E
(6) The AoF presented in Figures 4 and 5 are accurate when both firing point
(launcher) are at sea level (altitude 0). To determine the AoF for altitudes other
than zero, see the appropriate table in the ST 3-09.63.
R
U
AT
N
G

Figure 4. Nominal Angle of Fall


SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 13


CUI
CUI

T
AF
Figure 5. Vertical Angle of Fall
c. Additional Considerations

R
(1) The warning order is fire for effect.
(2) The method of target location should be a grid location. All methods of target

D
location are valid for area fire missions (i.e., polar and shift from a known point).
The commander may make a judgment call based on the desired effect and
confidence in the target location.
E
(3) Target elevation should be in meters mean sea level (MSL) or height above
ellipsoid and the observer must specify the datum used.
R
(4) Some commands may direct that a remarks transmission will follow the
standard six elements. This is the place for additional requirements by standard
operating procedures or the operation order. Examples include airspace
U

coordinating information, positive identification confirmation, target location


method, and closest friendlies or locations of collateral objects.
AT

(5) Additional airspace coordination planning for GMLRS and ATACMS will
almost always be necessary due to their long ranges and high maximum
ordinate.
(6) For more detailed information on GMLRS, see ATP 3-09.60, Techniques for
N

Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) and High Mobility Artillery Rocket
System (HIMARS) Operations; ST 3-09.63, Guided Multiple Launch Rocket
System (GMLRS) Unitary Rocket (M31/M31A1) Tactics, Techniques and
G

Procedures (TTP); ST 3-09.64, Guided Multiple Launch Rocket System (GMLRS)


Unitary Rocket (M30/M30A1) Tactics, Techniques and Procedures (TTP).
SI

4. Naval Surface Fire Support


a. Naval surface fire support (NSFS) communications.
(1) Naval gunfire (NGF) ground spot net: high frequency (HF)/ultrahigh
frequency (UHF) (voice).
(2) NGF air spot net: UHF/very high frequency (VHF) (voice).
(3) Shore fire control party local net: VHF (voice).
14 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

b. NSFS-specific brevity words.


(1) PEPPER. Nonscheduled fire mission report. Ships make these to a
supporting arms coordination center (SACC) immediately after firing.
(2) HONEY. New target report. Spotters make these to a SACC as soon as new
targets are discovered or when known targets are given corrected locations.
(3) PICKLE. Unfired target report. A ship or spotter makes these to a SACC

T
when scheduled targets cannot be fired on or when effectiveness is assessed as
under 50 percent.

AF
(4) CANDY. Ammunition remaining report. This is sent, coded, according to the
operation order.
(5) GURF. The guns up ready to fire (GURF) report summarizes naval gunfire
support (NGFS) capability when unknown to an NGFS station.

R
c. Mission Formats. NGFS reports are designed to minimize radio traffic and keep
interested agencies informed. They are made by ships to the SACC, fire support
coordination center (FSCC), or spotters using the NGFS report formats in tables 14

D
and 15.
d. Execution. The format shown in table 16 is used for NSFS. Tables 17 and 18 give
examples of calling in new targets.
E
Notes: There are NSFS reports used by North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO)
countries that are based on Standardization Agreement (STANAG) 1034, Allied Tactical
R
Publication 4(F), Allied Naval Fire Support. These reports include the naval gunfire
request form and naval gunfire allotment signal and ship status codes (November
Codes).
U

NSFS ships will make some of the following reports, when appropriate, during an
amphibious assault.
AT

Table 14. GURF Report


This format is used to report naval gunfire (NGF) ship capabilities when a ship
comes on station.
N

Element Information
Line A Call sign of the ship and date-time group (DTG) of the message
assigning the ship to the NGF mission.
G

Line B “On station and ready” and DTG (local) end of NGF ship’s assignment.
Line C Planned firing location (grid coordinates). If the ship will be firing from a
track, enter the approximate center of the track.
SI

Line D Significant reduction in capability, including mount casualties and


ammunition shortages.
Line E Ammunition aboard, by type, available for NGF.
Line F Any other information of value.
Note: Use only applicable lines.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 15


CUI
CUI

Table 14. GURF Report (Cont’d)


Example guns up ready to fire (GURF):
Line A A2W, 012100Z NOV 21.
Line B On station and ready, 022200P NOV 21.
Line C MB 614 212.
Line D High explosives 60, white phosphorous 15.
Line E High explosives 140, white phosphorous 60.

T
Line F Starting 021700P AUG 00, off station for 60 minutes for ammunition
resupply.

AF
Table 15. NGS Report Format
______________ _______________
(firing ship call sign) (date-time group)

R
Report Include Items Type of Report

D
[ ] PEPPER ALPHA, BRAVO, CHARLIE DELTA, Nonscheduled Fire
ECHO, and FOXTROT Mission
[ ] HONEY ALPHA, BRAVO, CHARLIE New Target
[ ] PICKLE BRAVO, CHARLIE, and GOLF Unfired Target
E
[ ] CANDY HOTEL Ammo Remaining
R
ALPHA_______________________________________________
(type of mission)
U

BRAVO_______________________________________________
(target number and grid coordinates)
AT

CHARLIE______________________________________________
(target description)
DELTA _______________________________________________
(agency controlling fire—voice call)
N

ECHO _______________________________________________
(target assessment—destroyed/neutralized/details)
G

FOXTROT_____________________________________________
(ammunition expended—code, number, type, and caliber)
GOLF _______________________________________________
SI

(reason target not fired on)


HOTEL _______________________________________________
(enter, using code, amount, type, and caliber of each type of
bombardment ammunition remaining)
INDIA _______________________________________________
(action taken or under consideration)

16 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 16. NSFS Call for Fire


(Grid/Polar Plot/Shift from a Known Point)
First Transmission (spotter ID, warning order to include target number).
“ _____________ , this is _____ , fire mission,
(ship’s call sign) (observer’s call sign)
target number ________, over.”

T
(assigned by observer)
Second Transmission (target location, description, method of engagement,

AF
method of control).
Target Location: Grid.
“Grid __________ , altitude __________ ;
(6-digit minimum) (meters mean sea level (MSL))

R
direction _________ .”
(milliradians (mils)/degrees (deg))

D
Target Location: Polar Plot.
“Direction ______ ” in mils/deg (to nearest 10 mils/1 deg)
“Distance ______ ” in meters (m) (to nearest 100 m)
E
“Up/down _______ .” in m (to nearest 5 m)
(vertical shift)
R
Target Location: Shift from a Known Point.
“Shift ___________ ”
U

(target number/reference point)


“Direction _______ ” in mils/deg (to nearest 10 mils/1 deg)
AT

(from observer to target)


“Left/right _______ ” in m (to nearest 10m)
(lateral shift)
“Add/drop _______ ” in m (to nearest 100m)
(range shift)
N

“Up/down _______ , over.” in m (to nearest 5m)


(vertical shift)
G

Target Description: (size, activity)


Method of Engagement: (ammunition, fuze type, # guns, # salvos)
SI

Method of Control: (spotter adjust, ship adjust, fire for effect)


Method of Control Modifiers: (cannot observe, at my command)

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 17


CUI
CUI

Table 16. NSFS Call for Fire


(Grid/Polar Plot/Shift from a Known Point) (Cont’d)
Prefiring Report (Spotter Reads Back)
Gun-target line or line of fire (if firing illumination): _______________
“First salvo at ________” (danger close missions only)

T
summit _____” (MAXORD; feet for air spotter, meters for ground spotter)
Changes to call for fire
“Ready, time of flight ______” (time of flight in seconds)

AF
“Fire, over” (command from spotter after prefiring report is read back)
Legend:
ID—identification MAXORD—maximum ordinate
m—meters

R
D
Table 17. Fresh Target (Example)
1. Spotter’s identification. (Not required, already in contact.)
2. Warning order and target number. “Fresh target, target # UT7082.”
3. Location of target.
E “Left 300, drop 500, up 100.”
“Three T-80s stationary in tree
4. Target description.
R
line.”
“High angle controlled variable
5. Method of engagement.
timing, two guns, four salvos.”
U

6. Method of control. “Fire for effect.”


Notes:
AT

1. The fresh target must be within 1,000 meters from the original target.
2. A new direction may be sent after the initial salvo on the fresh target only if it has
changed by more than 100 milliradians or 5 degrees.
N
G
SI

18 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 18. New Target (Example)


1. Spotter identification. “(Call sign ship) this is (call sign
observer).”
2. Warning order and target number. “Fire mission target # UT7081,
Over.”
3. Location of target. “Grid 123 456, altitude 50, direction
4200.”

T
4. Target description. “Infantry platoon dug in, no
overhead protection.”

AF
5. Method of engagement. “Variable timing in effect.”
6. Method of control. “Ship adjust, over.”

Twin Target / From Last Salvo

R
7. Warning order and target number. “NEW TARGET, target # UT7082,
over.”

D
8. Location of second target. “Left 250, add 400, down 50.”
9. Target description second target. “Company headquarters.”
10. Method of engagement. “Variable timing in effect two
salvos.”
E
11. Method of control. “Spotter adjust, over.”
Notes:
R
1. The orders for the second target will be sent when the ship has sent the report:
“Shot” for the first target. Once data for the new target is read back by the ship,
U

the ship will report: “Gun-target line…, Ready…” for the new target.
2. When the ship reports: “Shot” for the second target, the correction for the first
AT

target can be sent, and so on. All corrections must have a prefix containing the
last two digits of the target number to which they apply.
3. The reports “Splash” and “Out” are not sent by the ship.
4. If end of mission is given for one target, it must have a prefix containing the
N

last two digits of the target number. If end of missions is given for both targets,
each has a prefix containing the full target number.
G

5. Only ships with fire control systems capable of engaging two targets
simultaneously can employ this procedure.
6. The number of salvos is sent when entering fire for effect (FFE) or when the
SI

spotter desires to adjust fire with multiple salvos. If the method of control is
spotter adjust, the number of salvos is omitted until the spotter is ready to enter
FFE. If omitted, the ship will fire one salvo.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 19


CUI
CUI

5. Surface Fire Munitions


Tables 19–24 contain descriptions of surface fire munitions.

Table 19. Field Artillery Cannons and NSFS


Weapon Ammunition Range (kilometers) Rate of Fire
(rounds per
minute)
Projectile Fuze Max DPICM RAP Sust Max

T
105-mm HE, WP, PD, VT MT, 11.5 14.1 19.5 3 10
M119 ILLUM, ILLUM ET, MTSQ,

AF
(IR), DPICM Delay
155-mm HE, WP, PD, VT, MT, 18.3 or 18.0 M483 30.1 2 4 for 2
M198 (US ILLUM, ILLUM ET, MTSQ, 22.0 w/ or 28.2 w/ minutes
allies) (IR), DPICM, Delay M795 HE, M864 then 2
M825 Smoke, M825
SCATMINE Smoke

R
155-mm HE, WP, PD, VT, MT, 18.2 or 17.9 M483 30.0 1 4 for 2
M109A51 ILLUM, ILLUM ET, MTSQ, 21.7 w/ or 28.1 w/ minutes
A6/A7 (IR), DPICM, Delay, PGK M795 HE, M864 then 1

D
M825 Smoke, M825
SCATMINE Smoke
24.5 w/
M982 Block

155-mm HE, WP,


E
PD, VT, MT,
1-1a1
22.2 w/ 17.9 or 30.0 2 4 for 2
M777- ILLUM, ILLUM ET, MTSQ, M201A1 28.1 w/ minutes
R
series (IR), DPICM, Delay, PGK Charge 8S M864 then 2
M825 Smoke, or 22.5 w/
SCATMINE M232,
Zone 5;
U

24.5 w/
M982 Block
1-1a
AT

5 inch/542 HE, ILLUM PD, VT-RF, 21.9 (full N/A N/A <10 20 for 1
MT, SQ, ET, charge) minute
CVT, Delay, 12.2 then
MOFN3, MFF4 (reduced sustained
charge) rate of fire
N

5 inch/622 HE, ILLUM PD, VT-RF, 23.8 (full N/A N/A <10 20 for 1
MT, SQ, ET, charge) minute
CVT, Delay, 12.2 then
MOFN3, MFF4 (reduced sustained
G

charge) rate of fire


Legend:
CVT—controlled variable time (fuze) MTSQ—mechanical time superquick
SI

DPICM—dual-purpose improved NSFS—naval surface fire support


conventional munitions PD—point detonating (fuze)
ET—electronically timed PGK—precision guidance kit
HE—high explosives RAP—rocket-assisted projectile
ILLUM—illumination SCATMINE—scatterable mine
IR—infrared SQ—superquick
max—maximum SUST—sustained
MFF—multifunction fuze VT—variable time (proximity fuze)
mm—millimeter VT-RF—variable time-radio frequency
MOFN—multi-option fuze (for) Navy (proximity fuze)
MT—mechanical time (artillery fuze) WP—white phosphorous

20 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 20. Mortars


Weapon Ammunition Range (m) Rate of fire (rounds per
Model Type Min. Max. minute)
60-mm M720A2 HE/MOF 75 3,5001 30 for 4 minutes2, then 20
M224/M224A1 M768A1 HE/PD 75 3,500
M1061 HE/MOF 60 3,450 Diameter of illumination:
M722A1 SMOKE (WP) 70 3,490 M721–500 m

T
M721 ILLUM 175 3,200 M767–1,250 m
M767 ILLUM (IR) 300 3,175
81-mm M821A3 HE/MOF 65 5,800 30 for 2 minutes, then 15

AF
M252/M252A1 M889A4 HE/PD 65 5,800
M819 Smoke (RP) 300 4,950 Diameter of illumination:
M375A2 Smoke (WP) 75 4,780 M853A1–1,500 m
M853A1 ILLUM 300 5,050 M816–3,750 m
M816 ILLUM (IR) 1,025 4,925

R
120-mm M934A1 HE/MOF 165 7,020 16 for 1 minute, then 4
M120/M120A1 M933A1 HE/PD 165 7,020
(Ground Mounted) M929 WP/MOF 170 7,120 Diameter of illumination:

D
and 120-mm M121 M930 ILLUM 375 6,675 M930–1,500 m
(Carrier Mounted) M983 ILLUM (IR) 375 6,675 M983–3,750 m
120-mm RMS6L M934A1 HE/MOF 150 6,630 16 for first minute, then 4
(Stryker) M933A1
M929
HE/PD
WP/MOF
E 150
160
6,570
6,660
for 40 minutes.
Sustained 2.
M930 ILLUM 350 6,350
R
M983 ILLUM (IR) 325 6,250 Diameter of illumination:
M930–1,500 m
M983–3,750 m
U

Notes:
1. Bipod mounted, charge 4, maximum handheld range is 1,370 m.
2. This applies to charge 2 and over. Charge 0 or 1 can sustain 30 rounds per minute.
AT

Legend:
HE—high explosive min—minimum
ILLUM—illumination MOF—multi-option fuze
IR—infrared PD—point detonating (fuze)
m—meter RP—red phosphorous
N

max—maximum WP—white phosphorous


G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 21


CUI
CUI

Table 21. Artillery/Mortar/Illumination Factors


Weapon Type Height of Burst Burn time Rate of Fall
(meters) (seconds) (meters/second)
60 mm M721 ILLUM 315 40 6
M767 ILLUM (IR) 415 40 6
81 mm M853A1 ILLUM 600 60 6

T
M816 ILLUM (IR) 600 60 6
105 mm M314A2 ILLUM 750 60 12

AF
M1064 ILLUM (IR) 750 60 12
120 mm M930 ILLUM 500 50 6
M983 ILLUM (IR) 500 50 6

R
155 mm M485A2 ILLUM 600 120 5
M1124 ILLUM 600 120 5

D
155 mm M1066 ILLUM (IR) 600 120 5
M1123 ILLUM (IR) E600 120 5
5 inch/54 Mk-91 (ILLUM) 500 65–70 10
Legend:
R
ILLUM—illumination mm—millimeter
IR—infrared
U

Table 22. Planning Data for Smoke


Time to Build Average Obscuration
AT

Delivery Type of Effective Average Length (m) per Round


System Round Smoke Burning Time Wind Direction
(seconds) Cross Head/Tail
155 mm WP M825 30 60–90 seconds 150 50
N

105 mm WP 30 60–90 seconds 75 50


120 mm WP M1103 30 3 minutes 600 250
G

WP M929
81 mm WP 30 1 minute 100 40
RP 3–10 minutes 200 50
SI

60 mm WP 30 1 minute 75 40
Legend:
m—meter RP—red phosphorous
mm—millimeter WP—white phosphorous

22 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 23. Artillery Precision Munitions


Munition Variant Payload Range
(kilometers)
Guided 155-millimeter M982 59-pound warhead 8.0–37.5
Projectile (Excalibur) Block 1A-1 and fuze assembly
Target types: Precisely located targets (i.e., stationary personnel, stationary lightly
armored targets) and structures where collateral damage must be restricted.

T
AF
Table 24. Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) and
High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS)
Range
Munition Variant Payload Accuracy Targets
(km)

R
M26 644 M77 DPICM Unguided: 10+ 10–32 Personnel, light
mils armor, soft vehicles,
M26A2 518 M77 DPICM Unguided: 10+ 13–45 area targets
Rockets

D
Extended mils
Range
MLRS
M30 404 M77 DPICM GPS: CEP 15–84
average
E 5m
Inertial: 0.6 mils
R
M31 GPS: CEP
51.5 lbs of PBX 109 15–84 Point targets
VT/PD/ average 5 m
Guided rockets delay fuze Inertial: 0.6 mils
nominal and vertical
U

angles of fall
M31A1 54 lbs of PBX 109 GPS: CEP 15–84
proximity high and average
AT

low/PD/delay shallow 5 m
and deep
Block 1 950 M74 APAM 25–165 Personnel, light
M39 bomblets armor, soft vehicles
Block 1A 300 M74 APAM 70–300 (stationary)
N

M39A1 bomblets
QRU 215 lbs of Destex PD 70–270 Blocks 1–1A target
M48/M57 fuze when duds/collateral
G

ATACMS vertical angle of fall damage are


(M57) precluded. Fixed
ATACMS Single unitary 70–300 infrastructure sites
SI

Unitary warhead with (e.g., buildings)


multifunction fuze,
proximity, PD, or
delay
Note: The default rates of fire are 5 seconds between rockets and 15 seconds between missiles. All
munitions may be fired from the M142 HIMARS and the M270A1 MLRS.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 23


CUI
CUI

Table 24. Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS) and


High Mobility Artillery Rocket System (HIMARS) (Cont’d)
Legend:
APAM—antipersonnel/antiarmor lb—pound
ATACMS—Army Tactical Missile System m—meter
CEP—circular error probable mil—milliradian
DPICM—dual-purpose improved PBX—plastic-bonded explosive
conventional munitions PD—point detonating (fuze)
GMLRS—Global Positioning System Multiple QRU—quick-reaction unitary

T
Launch Rocket System VT—variable time (proximity fuze)
GPS—Global Positioning System

AF
6. Surface-Based Fire Support Definitions
Note: The * annotates a term associated with the ATP 1-02.1, MCRP 3-30B.1, NTTP 6-
02.1, AFTTP 3-2.5, MTTP for Multi-Service Brevity Codes.

R
a. *CHECK FIRE(ING)—An order sent to cause an immediate halt in firing. May
require coordination to continue.

D
b. * CHECK SOLUTION—An order sent by the spotter for the ship to check the fire
control solution when an excessive initial or salvo-to-salvo error is observed.
c. DANGER CLOSE—For air-to-surface (A/S) and surface-to-surface (S/S)
E
missions, the term DANGER CLOSE is a mandatory call alerting of an elevated risk
to the closest friendly troops from the intended point of a weapon’s impact requiring
R
specific procedures for risk mitigation.
This is included with the method of engagement when the predicted impact of a
round or shell is within 600 meters (m) of friendly troops for mortars or artillery
U

and 750 m for naval surface fires. The creeping fire method of adjustment (no
adjustment greater than 100 m for mortars/artillery or 200 m for NSFS) will be
AT

used exclusively during danger close missions. Do not confuse the creeping fire
method (Danger Close) with risk-estimate distances (REDs) or minimum safe
distances (MSDs) or the DANGER CLOSE brevity term.
d. *DARK STAR—An illumination round that fails to deploy or properly ignite.
N

e. DIRECTION—Indicates the direction from the observer to the target. Usually


transmitted in mils grid; degrees may be transmitted but must be announced.
G

f. FRESH TARGET—An order that can be sent any time during a fire mission to
indicate a spotter needs to engage a higher priority target. The CFF begins with
FRESH TARGET and the ship interrupts fire on the original target to engage the
SI

FRESH TARGET. The target location is sent as a correction from the last impacted
SALVO of the original target (shift from a known point) and must include any
elements of the CFF which differs from the original target (NSFS-only term).
g. LASER GRID—A laser grid mission is a grid mission requiring a greater level of
accuracy. Corrections are determined using a laser. In an adjust fire mission, the
round impact location is transmitted as BURST GRID when the impact is measured
by an observer.
24 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

h. MAXIMUM ORDINATE (MAXORD)—In artillery and NGFS, this is the height of


the highest point in the trajectory of a projectile above the horizontal plane passing
through its origin. When announced, unit of measure (meters/feet) datum will be
transmitted. The preference, when communicated to fixed-wing (FW) aircraft, is feet
MSL and feet above ground level (AGL) for rotary-wing (RW).
i. *NEGLECT—Used by a ship to indicate the last SALVO was fired on incorrect
data (NSFS-only term).

T
j. NEW TARGET—New Target can be sent using any of the standard methods or as
an adjustment from the last impacted salvo.

AF
k. OBSERVER TO TARGET FACTOR—The distance, in meters, from the observer
to the target, rounded to the nearest thousand and expressed in thousands (e.g., the
observer to target factor for 6,400 meters is 6 and the observer to target factor for
2,500 meters is 3). The observer to target factor is used to compute HOB and

R
deviation corrections.
l. ORDINATE (ORD)-X—ORD-X is defined as the altitude of the artillery round at a
specific distance from the target, along the gun-target line (GTL), back toward the

D
firing location. For example, 2 km toward the tubes from the target would be ORD-2.
m. *REPEAT—1. (During adjustment) Fire again using the same method of fire. 2.
(During FFE) Fire the same number of rounds using the same method of fire.
E
n. *RIPPED CHUTE—Sent by the spotter to indicate the illumination round
parachute was ripped or separated on deployment (NSFS-only term).
R
o. ROUNDS COMPLETE—Indicates the FFE stage is complete.
p. SALVO—One shot fired at a target simultaneously by all or part of the guns in a
U

battery (NSFS-only term).


q. *SHOT—A round has, or rounds have, been fired.
AT

r. *SPLASH—Informative call to the observer or spotter 5 seconds prior to


estimated time of impact.
s. *STRADDLE—A spotting of STRADDLE is made for a multi-gun SALVO when
some rounds fall short and some fall beyond the target. The spotter announces
N

STRADDLE followed by a correction to place the mean point of impact on the target.
The term is used during a ship adjust or a massed-fire mission (NSFS-only term).
G

t. TIME ON TARGET—Time the observer desires a round, or rounds, to impact.


7. Loitering Munitions / Lethal Miniature Aerial Missile System
SI

a. Loitering munitions / lethal miniature aerial missile system (LMAMS) are small
lightweight, tube launched, RF guided, man-in-the-loop, non-line of sight (NLOS)
precision weapon system. Loitering munition systems are capable of engaging
enemy forces that are in advantageous positions, provide precise, increased
lethality, and the ability to minimize collateral damage in complex and cluttered
operational areas.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 25


CUI
CUI

b. LMAM missile cannot be recovered. Personnel employing the system must plan
for lost link and post launch abort considerations.
c. Additional airspace coordination planning may be necessary when employing
LMAM systems due to range, loiter time, and employment parameters. Table 25
gives planning considerations for loitering munitions and will be updated as new
variants are available.
d. Downlink frequencies operate on L-Band.

T
Table 25. Lethal Miniature Aerial Missile System Capabilities

AF
Munition Variant Payload Endurance Altitude Max Range
Man-in-the-Loop SB Block .88lb HE 12 min SFC-3,000 10km
Missile 10C (Javelin AGL (Max
(Switchblade) Warhead) 16,400 MSL)
Legend:

R
AGL—above ground level MSL—mean sea level
HE—high explosive SB—switchblade
km—kilometers SFC—surface

D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

26 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Chapter II
AIR-TO-SURFACE FIRES
1. Joint Air-to-Surface Fires
a. Integrating armed reconnaissance (AR), air interdiction (AI), strike coordination
and reconnaissance (SCAR), and close air support (CAS) will provide the most
effective means of executing joint air-to-surface fires against joint air-to-surface fires

T
against mobile-type targets. AR, AI, SCAR, and CAS should complement the
scheme of maneuver. Requirements for synchronization with the ground force

AF
should delineate the application between CAS, SCAR, and AI procedures. These
procedures can be employed across the joint operations area (JOA) and require
maneuver control measures (MCMs) and fire support coordination measures
(FSCMs) that are flexible, simple, effective, and relevant.
b. AI is air operations conducted to divert, disrupt, delay, or destroy the enemy’s

R
military potential before it can be brought to bear effectively against friendly forces,
or to otherwise achieve joint force commander’s (JFC’s) objectives, and conducted

D
at such distance from friendly forces that detailed integration of each air mission with
the fire and movement of friendly forces is not required.
c. SCAR is a mission flown for the purpose of detecting targets and coordinating or
performing attack or reconnaissance on those targets. SCAR missions are flown in a
E
specific geographic area and are an element of the command and control (C2)
interface to coordinate multiple flights, detect and attack targets, neutralize enemy
R
air defenses, and provide physical and functional damage assessment.
d. Refer to JP 3-09, Joint Fire Support, for detailed joint fire support procedures and
U

JP 3-09.3 for detailed joint CAS procedures. Refer to JP 3-03, Joint Interdiction, for
detailed joint AI procedures. For a full discussion of SCAR, refer to ALSSA MTTP for
Strike Coordination and Reconnaissance.
AT

2. Armed Interdiction and Strike Coordination and Reconnaissance


a. SCAR is a complementary AI operation. It provides a means of integrating and
employing air and surface fires against tactical targets within the joint operational
area.
N

b. Coordinating AI targeting is conducted in the combined air operations center’s


(CAOC) master air attack planning cell in support of target nominations which
G

appear on the joint integrated prioritized target list (JIPTL). Within division assigned
airspace, the interdiction coordinator in the joint air-ground integration center
(JAGIC), before allowing AI missions to engage, confirms no maneuver forces are
SI

within the areas for which AI is planned. This function and responsibility also applies
to the deep battle coordinator in the future operations and plans cell of the Marine
tactical air command center (Marine TACC).
c. Strikers conducting SCAR should use the check-in brief in table 30 when initiating
contact with the JAGIC, Marine TACC, or the SCAR aircrew with on-scene
command of the working area.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 27


CUI
CUI

d. The Marine TACC, JAGIC, or SCAR aircrew should pass the current situation
update in the same format as the situation update in table 31.
e. Target Engagement. There are three types of tasking the SCAR aircrew should
use to facilitate rapid target engagement: INVESTIGATE, TARGET, and SMACK.
(1) INVESTIGATE. Verify specified element(s) of rules of engagement (ROE),
positive identification (PID), collateral damage estimation (CDE), and/or
coordination of forces on the referenced target or track. This is used to gain

T
situational awareness of the mission working area.
(2) TARGET. ROE, PID, coordination of forces, and commander’s guidance

AF
requirements on the referenced target or track have been satisfied. Target or
track correlation, CDE, and clear field of fire must be accomplished prior to
employing ordnance or fires.
(3) SMACK. Clearance to employ ordnance or fires on surface targets. ROE,

R
PID, CDE, clear field of fire, coordination of forces, and commander’s guidance
requirements on the referenced target have been satisfied.

D
f. Attack Briefs. The SCAR aircrew will confirm target information with the striking
asset via an attack brief. Ways to pass a target location to a striker include data link,
named area of interest (NAI), targeted area of interest (TAI), geographic reference
(GEOREF), or coordinates. The attack brief may be communicated via a description,
E
location, elevation, remarks (DLER) or 9-line CAS brief format. DLER is the
preferred attack brief format during SCAR mission operations. Table 26 describes
R
the DLER format in detail. Refer to JP 3-09.3, Close Air Support, for a description of
the 9- line CAS brief format.
U

Table 26. Description, Location, Elevation, Remarks,


and Restrictions Attack Briefing
Information Description
AT

Description May include target type, size, disposition, and other


amplifying data.
Location Format must be compatible with the receiving asset’s
system. Options include global area reference
N

system, latitude and longitude coordinates, talk-ons,


and BULLSEYE.
Elevation Given in feet mean sea level.
G

Remarks/Restrictions Include deconfliction measures, ordnance, final attack


heading, and time on target windows, as required.
SI

List restrictions.

g. The following is an example of an attack brief:


(1) Hawg 11 (the SCAR aircrew): “Savage 21, Hawg 11 advise when ready for
TARGET tasking.”
(2) Savage 21 (striker): “Savage 21 ready.”
28 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

(3) Hawg 11: “Savage 21 TARGET, 3 main battle tanks, 11S PA 5546 4682,
elevation 785 ft, make attack south to north, remain west of alternate supply route
(ASR) Atlantic.”
(4) Savage 21: “Savage 21.”
h. Readbacks are not required for DLER briefings. In certain situations, restrictions
may be requested to be read back; any part of the DLER brief may be requested to
be read back if deemed necessary.

T
i. Assets conducting SCAR within purple kill boxes should have the ability to
integrate with air and surface fires to mass integrated firepower on targets.

AF
Coordination will be completed by the SCAR aircrew, the JAGIC, or the TACC who
coordinated with lower-echelon forces.
3. Close Air Support (CAS)
a. CAS Execution Considerations.

R
(1) Table 27 depicts a CAS execution template.

D
Table 27. CAS Execution Template
1 Routing and safety of flight
2 Close Air Support (CAS) aircraft check in
3 Situation update
E
4 Game Plan
5 CAS brief
R
6 Remarks and restrictions
7 Readbacks
U

8 Correlation
9 Attack
10 Assess effects
AT

11 Battle damage assessment


12 Routing and safety of flight
(2) Figure 6 provides an example of a CAS execution flow.
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 29


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 6. CAS Execution Template


b. Terminal Attack Control Responsibilities. Brief, stack, mark, and control are
primary terminal attack control responsibilities. When multiple joint terminal attack
controllers (JTACs) or forward air controllers (airborne) (FAC(A)s) share the area of

30 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

operations (AO), the brief, stack, mark, and control responsibilities must be clearly
assigned. (See table 28).

Table 28. Terminal Attack Control Roles and Minimum Responsibilities


Role Minimum Responsibilities
 Check In Brief
 Situation Update

T
Brief  CAS Brief (FW+RW A/S fires, S/S fires)
 BDA Report
 Inflight Report

AF
 RW Deconfliction
 FW Deconfliction
Stack  Deconfliction from S/S fires
 Deconfliction from A/S fires

R
 Threat mitigation
 Target correlation

D
Mark  Marks
 Terminal guidance operations
 Terminal attack control
Control  Supported Commander Approval Coordination
 Attack monitoring
E
Legend:
R
A/S—air-to-surface FW—fixed-wing
BDA—battle damage assessment RW—rotary-wing
CAS—close air support S/S—surface-to-surface
U

c. Routing and Safety of Flight. CAS aircraft will remain at the contact point and
altitude as directed by C2 until approved into the AO by the stack owner. See table
AT

29 for routing and safety of flight considerations.

Table 29. Routing and Safety of Flight Considerations


 Three-dimensional directions from the current aircraft position to the intended
holding point or area.
N

 Holding point and altitude, once established, and which agency to contact.
 Other aircraft on station.
G

 Surface-to-air threats that may immediately affect close air support aircraft.
 Any other safety of flight issues.
 Pass any gun-target-line information (active or inactive) and azimuth/location.
SI

d. Initial Point (IP) Selection.


(1) Preplanned, geographic IPs are useful for multi-target environments.
(2) The keyhole template (figure 7) is an efficient method for establishing an
IP/holding area (HA) in the absence of control points or when the control point
location does not sufficiently support target engagement. When using the keyhole
template with FW assets, distance represents nautical miles from the echo point
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 31
CUI
CUI

and closest allowable hold range to the echo point. The target location may be
used as the echo point. When using the keyhole template with RW assets,
distance represents km to the center of the battle position (BP), with the standard
BP being 2 km x 2 km. Stack owners may direct CAS aircraft to loiter around the
echo point, outside a specified distance, using the term “maintain Echo
(distance)” (e.g., “maintain Echo 5”).

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G

Figure 7. Keyhole Template


SI

e. Aircraft Check In. The aircrew will provide the standard check-in brief (table 30)
upon request from the JTAC or FAC(A).

32 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 30. Aircraft Check-in Briefing


Aircrew: “ __________ , this is _____________ .”
Mission number: (if required) “ ______________ .”
Number and type of aircraft: “ _______________ .”
Position and altitude: “_____________________ .”
Ordnance: “ _____________________________ .”

T
Playtime or time on station: “________________ .”
Capabilities: “ ___________________________ .”

AF
(FAC(A), type of sensors, Link 16, VDL code, SITREPs on board, map version
or GRGs, UAS lost link procedures/route).
Abort code: (if required)“ ___________________ .”
Legend:

R
FAC(A)—forward air controller SITREP—situation report
(airborne) UAS—unmanned aircraft system
GRG—gridded reference graphic VDL—video downlink

D
f. Situation Update.
(1) JTACs or FAC(A)s will provide the situation update to arriving aircraft, when
able.
E
(2) Arriving aircraft should provide the JTAC with factor threat information, if
known.
R
(3) Although the situation update formatted as threat, targets, friendly update,
artillery, clearance authority, ordnance, remarks/restrictions (TTFACOR) is a valid
U

format, the preferred method is the threat, enemy situation, friendly update,
artillery, clearance authority, hazards, and remarks/restrictions (TEFACHR)
format (table 31).
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 33


CUI
CUI

Table 31. Situation Update TEFACHR Format


Line Situation Update Battle Handover (BHO)
Threat General locations of surface-to-air threats not already covered.
Time of last observed surface-to-air fires.
Enemy Situation General enemy disposition. General enemy disposition.
Avoid listing grids. Target Ground commander’s targeting
grids will be addressed in priority list.

T
CAS briefs. Target location grids (may require
breaking up transmission).

AF
Ground commander’s attack
guidance matrix.
Friendly Update General friendly situation and scheme of maneuver.
 Use geographic references, phase lines, checkpoints, etc. The

R
technique is to use general terms: “all friendlies are east of the 94
easting.”
Avoid passing friendly grids. If needed, use no more than 6 digits.

D
All factor friendly forces during TOS, not just the JTAC.
All CAS assets, ordnance, and TOS remaining for the BHO.
Artillery List factor indirect fire assets. Determine the firing unit’s location,
E
This may include general call sign, frequency, and status.
direction of fire.
Clearance Omit this if the speaker has control.
R
Authority Clarify roles if there are multiple voices on tactical air direction. For
example, “Broadsword 11 has control and is located in the combat
U

operations center. My JFO call sign, Mustang, is located with Charlie


Company and is up this net.”
Define who has authority for brief, stack, mark, and control.
AT

Pass a plan for approving fires for BHO.


Hazards Towers, minimum safe altitude, weather (including surface winds),
CBRN, explosives.
Remarks and Remarks and restrictions may include the following:
N

Restrictions  Ordnance restrictions.  Updates to preplanned


 JTAC capabilities (e.g., laser, ACM/FSCM/MCM.
G

infrared, video downlink).  Provide a positive passing of the


 Factor ACM/FSCM. appropriate elements of brief,
 Radio calls required by controller. stack, mark, and control during
SI

 Intent for aircraft (e.g., CAS, BHO.


multisensory imagery  CBRN targeting restrictions.
reconnaissance).  Other remarks.

34 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 31. Situation Update TEFACHR Format (Cont’d)


An Example of a Situation Update
JTAC or FAC(A): “The current surface-to-air threat is an unlocated ZSU 23-4, last seen
west of MSR 5. The enemy situation is a light armored company attempting to flank us
to the north and two companies dug in three klicks to our west, break”.
“Friendlies are two companies in the vicinity of OP 2, one on the high ground and the
other in a blocking position to the east. I am with the company on the high ground.

T
There is also a team at the northwest tip of Blue Mountain; 81-mm mortars are
firecapped south of OP 2, firing generally northwest. Break. Winds on the deck are 15–

AF
20 knots out of the northwest, I have a VideoScout, but no laser. Request ‘IN’ with
heading for all type 2 controls. I plan on using you to disrupt the light armor. Advise
when ready for game plan.”
Legend:
ACM—airspace coordinating measure JTAC—joint terminal attack controller

R
CAS—close air support MCM—maneuver control measure
CBRN—chemical, biological, radiological, mm—millimeters
and nuclear MSR—main supply route

D
FAC(A)—forward air controller (airborne) OP—observation post
FSCM—fire support coordination measure TOS—time on station
JFO—joint fires observer
g. Additional Battle Handover Considerations. Prior to the change in the terminal
E
attack controller (JTAC or FAC(A)), a handover brief shall be conducted with the
oncoming controller.
R
h. Night Considerations.
(1) Marking Devices. Refer to appendix A for compatibility of infrared marking
U

devices and various CAS platform sensors.


(2) Air-delivered Illumination. Aerially delivered illumination (i.e., via LUU-2/19 or
AT

Mk-257/278) can be useful to friendly ground units and aircrew to aid in locating
targets and identifying surrounding terrain and obstacles.
i. Reconnaissance Considerations and Sensor Taskings. Reconnaissance taskings,
including sensor postures, can be passed in the remarks of the situation update or
N

as required during the mission. Refer to appendix B for specific terminology.


j. CAS Game Plan and 9-line CAS Briefing. The game plan must include type of
control and method of attack. Additional elements are per JTAC or FAC(A)
G

discretion. The 9-line is the standard CAS brief for all aircraft (see table 32).
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 35


CUI
CUI

Table 32. Game Plan and CAS 9-line Brief


GAME PLAN
Do not transmit the numbers. Units of measure are standard unless briefed.
Lines 4, 6, and any restrictions are mandatory readbacks. The joint terminal attack
controller (JTAC) may request an additional readback.
JTAC: “ , advise when ready for game plan.”
(call sign)

T
JTAC: “Type (1, 2, 3) control (method of attack, effects desired or ordnance,
interval). Advise when ready for 9-line.”

AF
CAS 9-LINE BRIEF
1. IP/BP: “ _____________________________ .”
2. Heading: “ ___________________________ .”
(degrees magnetic, initial point or battle position-to-target)

R
Offset: “ _____________________________ .”
(left or right, when requested)
3. Distance: “ __________________________ .”

D
(initial point-to-target in nautical miles, battle position-to-target in meters)
4. Target elevation: “ ____________________ .”
(in feet, mean sea level)
E
5. Target description: “ ___________________ .”
6. Target location: “ _____________________ .”
R
(latitude and longitude or grid coordinates, or offsets)
7. Type mark/terminal guidance: “ __________ .”
(description of the mark, if laser handoff;
U

call sign of lasing platform and code)


8. Location of friendlies: “ _________________ ”
AT

(from target, cardinal direction and distance in meters)


Position marked by: “ ___________________ .”
9. “Egress ____________________________ .”
Remarks and Restrictions (*items are restrictions):
N

 *Final attack headings or attack direction.


 Laser-to-target line/pointer target line.
 Surface-to-air threat, location, and type of air defense suppression.
G

 *Airspace coordination areas.


 *Danger close and initials.
 *Post launch abort restrictions.
SI

 Additional remarks (e.g., gun-to-target line, weather, hazards).


 Desired type and number of ordnance or weapons effects.
 *Time on target/time to target.
 Additional calls requested.
 *Approval out of battle position for rotary-wing aircraft.
Legend:
BP—battle position IP—initial point

36 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Note: For off-axis weapons, the weapons final attack heading may differ from the
aircraft heading at the time of release. The aircrew should inform JTAC when this
occurs and ensure weapon final attack headings comply with given restrictions. See JP
3-09.3 for more final attack heading considerations.
As a technique to pass remarks and restrictions, the phrase “Restrictions” may be used
to key aircrew in on mandatory readback items.
k. Battle Damage Assessment (BDA).

T
(1) An accurate BDA is critical to confirm CAS attacks met the ground force
commander’s intent.

AF
(2) Depending on target type, sensor capabilities, and threat level, the aircrew
may be able to provide a BDA. However, other CAS team members (such as the
JTAC or FAC(A), joint fires observers (JFOs), or other observers) may be able to
provide a more accurate BDA.

R
(3) The BDA report should include: size, activity, location, time, remarks (SALT-
R). An example of a BDA report format is shown in table 33.

D
(4) If conditions preclude briefing BDA, at a minimum pass successful,
unsuccessful, or unknown.
Table 33. Battle Damage Estimate (BDA) Report
E
Size: “ __________________________________ .”
(number and type of equipment/personnel observed)
R
Activity: “ _______________________________ .”
(movement direction, stationary, dug-in)
U

Location: “ ______________________________ .”
Time: “ _________________________________ .”
AT

Remarks: “ ______________________________ .”
(munitions expended, observed damage, mission number, and mission
accomplished)
Munitions Effective Assessment: “________________________________.”
N

Re-attack Recommendation: “___________________________________.”


l. FAC(A) Integration.
G

(1) FAC(A)s must be integrated into the ground scheme of maneuver to assume
the increased responsibilities of brief, stack, mark, and control.
(2) FAC(A) capabilities include the following.
SI

(a) Terminal Attack Control.


 Provides final attack clearance in accordance with type 1, 2, and 3
control.
 Provides a final quality control check to prevent friendly fire.
(b) Radio Relay.
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 37
CUI
CUI

 Provides a communication link for the JTAC and the supported unit;
between the support unit and C2 system; and between the JTAC and
other CAS assets.
 Performs on-scene commander (OSC) duties in the event of combat
search and rescue.
(c) Reconnaissance.

T
 Performs and delegates sensor taskings.
 Provides target analysis and weaponeering recommendations.

AF
 Provides a perspective from the air.
(d) Coordinating Indirect Fires.
 Performs as an indirect fire observer.

R
 Performs calls for fire.
(e) Coordinating and Deconflicting Assets.

D
 Deconflicts aircraft and surface fires.
 Passes situation updates.
E
 Compiles targeting information into a CAS brief.
 Passes targeting information (i.e., CAS briefs, calls for fire, etc.).
R
(f) BDA. Develops and passes BDA.
(g) Target Marking, Designation, and Coordinate Generation.
U

 Provides target talk-ons and marks.


 Provides terminal guidance for laser guided weapons.
AT

 Generates target coordinates for weapons employment.


(h) Coordinates suppression of enemy air defenses (SEAD).
m. JFO Integration.
N

(1) JTACs and FAC(A)s can use JFOs to develop and correlate targeting data,
mark targets, and support terminal guidance operations (see table 34).
G
SI

38 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 34. An Example of JTAC/FAC(A) to JFO Coordination


The JTAC or FAC(A) provides information to the joint fires observer (JFO):
Geographic reference or grid refinement.
Ordnance or effects requested.
Direction of attack.
Abort code.
Time on target.

T
Mark information and JFO marking responsibilities (if required):
 Mark the target.

AF
 Provide corrections from the mark.
 Set PRF code to __________________ .
Note: With this information, the JFO confirms the ability to provide any required marks,
terminal guidance operations, or talk-ons, and briefs the close air support mission plan to

R
the ground commander.
Legend:
FAC(A)—forward air controller (airborne) JTAC—joint terminal attack controller

D
JFO—joint fires observer PRF—pulse repetition frequency
(2) JFOs shall pass the observer lineup (table 35), the CAS situation update, and
observer target brief (lines 4 through 8 of the CAS 9-line shown in table 36)
directly to the JTAC or may require the CAS aircraft to relay the situation update
to the JTAC.
E
R
Table 35. Observer Lineup
“ ___________ this is ____________________________ with observer lineup, over.”
(JTAC/FAC(A) call sign) (JFO call sign)
U

“My position is __________________________________ .” (i.e., grid and reference point)


“I am in ___________________________________ , (overwatch, convoy, defensive, etc.)
located _________________________ from target area, (direction and distance m/km)
AT

marked by _________ . I have ______ targets for CAS.


(friendly mark type) (number)
My specialized equipment is ________________ , over.”
(TMO, LTD with JFO PRF code, LRF, GPS, IR pointer, etc.)
Notes:
N

1. JFOs should only pass their position directly to the JTAC.


2. The JFO should be prepared to describe how the target coordinates were derived for each
CAS 9-line.
G

3. Friendly grid coordinates should not be passed on an unsecure net.


4. The number of targets refers to the number of CAS 9-lines, not the total number of desired
points of impact.
Legend:
SI

CAS—close air support km—kilometers


GPS—Global Positioning System LRF—laser range finder
IR—infrared LTD—laser target designator
JFO—joint fires observer m—meters
JTAC—joint terminal attack PRF—pulse repetition frequency
controller TMO—target mensuration only

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 39


CUI
CUI

Table 36. JFO Target Brief (lines 4-8 of CAS 9-line)


4. Target elevation: “Line 4, _______________ .”
(in feet mean sea level)
5. Target description: “ ___________________ .”
6. Target location: “ ______________________ .”
(latitude and longitude or grid coordinates or offsets or visual)
7. Type mark/terminal guidance: “ ___________ .”

T
(description of the mark, if laser handoff; call sign of
lasing platform and laser code)

AF
8. Location of friendlies: “ _________________ ”
(from target, cardinal direction and distance in meters)
Position marked by: “ ___________________ .”
“Advise ready for remarks.”
Remarks:

R
Laser-to-target line or pointer target line: “ ____ .”
Threat: “ _______________________________ .”

D
(direction and distance)
Suppression of enemy air defenses: “ ________ .”
(interrupted, continuous, or non-standard)
Gun-target line or line of fire: “ ______________ .”
E
(maximum ordinate)
Restrictions (require readback):
R
Final attack heading: “ ____________________ .”
Airspace coordination area: “ ______________ .”
U

DANGER CLOSE: “ ______________________ .”


Time on target: “ ________________________ .”
n. RW CAS Employment Considerations.
AT

(1) Once approved for a CAS attack, clearance to use off-axis weapons (e.g.,
crew-served weapons) upon ingress to and egress from the target area is
implied. Fires from off-axis weapons are subject to the restrictions outlined in the
CAS attack brief.
N

(2) The primary attack brief for RW CAS is the 9-line. In certain situations, RW
aircraft, including Army RW aircraft conducting attacks using CAS tactics,
G

techniques, and procedures (TTP) may have very high situational awareness due
to a low operating altitude. In these instances, the RW CAS 5-line brief (table 37)
can expedite fires.
SI

(3) The RW CAS 5-line brief is an observer-centric CAS brief. These TTP are
used for bomb on target (BOT) attacks.

40 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 37. RW CAS 5-line Brief


1. Observer/Warning Order/Game Plan
“ ________________ , ______________ , 5-line,
(aircraft call sign) (JTAC/FAC(A) call sign)
Type (1, 2, or 3) control, MOA (BOC or BOT), (ordnance requested).”
2. Friendly location/mark

T
“My position ______ , marked by _________ “
(target reference point, grid, etc.)(beacon, IR strobe, etc.)

AF
3. Target location
“Target location, ________________________ “
(magnetic bearing and range in meters, target reference point, grid, etc.)
4. Target description/mark

R
“ _______________ , marked by __________ .”
(target description) (IR, tracer, etc.)

D
5. Remarks and Restrictions (* items are restrictions):
 Laser-to-target line or pointer target line.
 Desired type and number of ordnance or weapons effects (if not previously
coordinated).
E
 Surface-to-air threat, location, and type of SEAD.
 Additional calls requested.
R
 Additional remarks (gun-target line, weather, hazards).
 *Final attack headings.
U

 *Airspace coordination areas.


 *Approval out of BP.
 *At my command.
AT

 *Danger close and initials.


 *Time on target/time to target.
 *Post launch abort coordination and considerations.
Note: The rotary-wing CAS 5-line should be passed as one transmission. If the restrictions
N

portion is lengthy, it may be a separate transmission.


Legend:
G

BP—battle position IR—infrared


BOC—bomb on coordinate JTAC—joint terminal attack controller
BOT—bomb on target MOA—method of attack
CAS—close air support
SI

SEAD—suppression of enemy air


FAC(A)—forward air controller defenses
(airborne)
o. Army Attack Aviation/Special Operations Forces (SOF) Rotary-Wing Procedures.
NOTE: SOF rotary-wing procedures will be the same as Army attack aviation
procedures, unless specifically noted.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 41


CUI
CUI

(1) Army attack aviation units are organic, assigned, or attached to corps,
divisions, and brigades and perform air-ground operations as part of a combined
arms team. Army aviation assets receive mission-type orders and execute them
as an integral unit or maneuver element. The Army does not consider its attack
aircraft CAS systems, although they can conduct attacks employing CAS TTP
when operating in support of other forces.
(2) SOF rotary-wing assets provide the SOF ground force commander with

T
unique employment capabilities, specializing in integrated, rapid, and precision
aerial fires. These unique capabilities are due to habitual working relationships
within the SOF community. RW SOF fires platforms are trained and capable of

AF
performing CAS procedures. However, they prefer the Army attack aviation/SOF
rotary-wing request and SOF gunship CFF format.
(3) Army attack teams will relay the check-in briefing information in table 30 at
check-in and should receive a situation update in accordance with table 31.

R
(4) Army attack aviation conducts attacks across the width and breadth of the
supported ground commander’s AO. When operating in proximity to friendly

D
forces, aircrews receive a situation update from the ground commander or
observer and develop a plan to engage the enemy, while maintaining freedom to
maneuver. Army attack aviation conducts attacks using the Army attack aviation
CFF TTP and does not require terminal attack control to employ ordnance.
E
Transmission of the Army attack aviation/SOF rotary-wing request and SOF
gunship CFF is considered clearance to fire except for an “at my command”,
R
“danger close”, or other implemented control.
(5) Below are recommended procedures when working with Army attack
U

aviation.
(a) When relaying the CFF the observer should ensure the attacking asset is
visual or aware of the closest friendly force to the target.
AT

(b) Corrections to impacts or marks should be given using the ‘left/right,


add/drop’ method based on the vantage point of the observer. Cardinal
directions should be avoided.
(c) If corrections to the trail aircraft are required; corrections must be
N

provided immediately following lead aircraft’s initial impacts. If there are no


corrections required, the transmission of “Two on One” communicates to trail
G

to engage on lead’s impacts.


(d) If during an attack a new or separate target is to be engaged, the
observer should transmit “New Target” followed by adjustments from previous
SI

impacts. Example: “Apache 12, new target, right 50, drop 30, technical
vehicle.”
(e) Once BDA has been assessed as “successful,” the observer should
transmit “End of Mission” as soon as possible with target status. Attacking
assets will continue to posture for re-attacks on the target until “End of

42 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Mission” is passed. Example: “Apache 12 flight, end of mission, BDA, two


vehicles destroyed and three EKIA.”
(6) When operating in proximity to friendly forces, the air mission commander or
flight lead must have direct communication with the ground commander or
observer on the scene to provide direct fire support. After receiving the Army
attack aviation CFF from the ground forces, the aircrews must positively identify
the location of the friendly element and the target prior to conducting any

T
engagement. Methods for marking the location of friendlies and the enemy
include laser hand off, tracer fire, marking rounds (flares or mortars), smoke
grenades, signal mirrors, VS-17 panels, infrared strobe lights, laser target

AF
marker, or chemical sticks.
p. Army attack aviation request, SOF rotary-wing and SOF gunship CFF is shown in
table 38.

R
Table 38. Army Attack Aviation/SOF Rotary-Wing Request and
SOF Gunship CFF Format

D
1. Observer and Warning Order.
“ ____________ , this is ___________________________ , fire mission, over.”
(aircraft call sign) (observer call sign)
2. Friendly Location and Mark.
E
“My position ____________, marked by ____________________________ .”
(e.g., grid) (strobe, beacon, etc.)
3. Target Location.
R
“Target Location _______________________________________________ .”
(bearing (magnetic) and range (meters), grid, etc.)
U

4. Target Description and Mark.


“ __________________ , marked by _______________________________ .”
(target description) (infrared pointer, tracer, etc.)
AT

5. Remarks: “ _______________________________________________ , over.”


(clearance, danger close, at my command, threats, restrictions, etc.)
Notes:
1. Clearance. If airspace has been cleared between the employing aircraft and the target,
transmission of this brief is clearance to fire unless “danger close,” “at my command,” or an
N

additional method of control is stated.


2. Danger Close. The commander must accept responsibility for increased risk. State “cleared
danger close” in line 5 (If required, provide “Danger Close” in line 1 for Army attack aviation/SOF
G

RW) and pass the initials of the on-scene ground commander. This clearance may be preplanned.
3. At My Command. For positive control of the aircraft, state “at my command” on line 5 (If required,
provide “At my command” in line 1 for Army attack aviation/SOF RW). The aircraft may call “ready,”
when ready. To command attack, the observer will say "(aircraft call sign) cleared to engage."
SI

4. For “Multi-target” engagements’ Provide lines 3 and 4 sequentially for each target prior to
passing “Remarks” (If required, provide “Multi-target” in line 1 for Army attack aviation/SOF RW).
5. For synchronization of fires, methods of fire and control may be included in line 5. Refer to Table
2, “Methods of Fire and Control,” for additional measures.
Legend:
CFF—call for fire SOF—special operations forces
RW—rotary-wing

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 43


CUI
CUI

q. SOF Gunship Fires.


(1) Due to unique systems and capabilities, AC-130s do not require terminal
attack control from ground controllers for all weapons profiles.
(2) The AC-130 can accept a gunship CFF (table 38), a RW CAS 5-Line brief
(table 37) or a 9-line brief (table 32).
(a) AC-130 crews prefer a gunship CFF for gun engagements.

T
(b) The AC-130 can accept a RW CAS 5-Line brief for BOT PGM
engagements or 9-Line for either bomb on coordinate (BOC) or BOT.

AF
(c) When using gun and precision-guided munitions during a simultaneous
attack, use RW CAS 5-line or 9-line with gun reattack in the remarks.
(3) See table 39 for AC-130 adjust fire procedures.

R
Table 39. Adjusting AC-130 Gunship Fire
1. Adjust the round impact by giving cardinal/subcardinal direction and range
(meters) from impact to the desired target. For example, “adjust fire northeast 200,

D
over.”
2. Mark or confirm targets using covert illumination with the infrared marker
(SPARKLE) or laser.
E
3. To move SPARKLE, say “move SPARKLE (distance and direction)” (e.g., 100
meters east).
4. Once SPARKLE is over the target, say “freeze SPARKLE.” (If you say “CEASE
R
SPARKLE”, the gunship will turn off the infrared marker.)
Notes:
U

1. Do not refer to clock positions.


2. Do not pass run-in headings for gun engagements.
3. Do not correct left/right or short/long.
AT

4. If applicable, pass multiple target locations in precedence, as soon as possible,


to allow the AC-130 rapid engagement to preclude an enemy scatter effect.
(4) FW Integration with an AC-130.
(a) TTP in table 40 allow continuous support to ground forces while
N

integrating the firepower of the AC-130 and various CAS aircraft. Figures 8-10
depict FW integration tactics.
G

(b) Firepower should be amassed and constant. Limit any breaks in weapons
deliveries to flight path conflicts.
(c) The AC-130 flies a continuous (approximately 3 minute) orbit around the
SI

target, or approximately 40–45 seconds per sector.

44 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 40. AC-130 Integration Attributes


Tactic Deconfliction Advantages Disadvantages
Wheel Visual Less airspace required. Close air support (CAS)
aircraft must remain visual.
Initial Point Procedural Familiarity with standard  High workload.
(IP) Target IP-to-target attack.  Communications intensive.
Run-in  Infrequent attacks.

T
Opposite Procedural  Allows constant fires Requires gunship position
Sector from CAS aircraft and the updates.

AF
AC-130.
 Can incorporate more
than one set of CAS
aircraft.

R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 8. An AC-130 Wheel Example

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 45


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 9. An AC-130 IP-to-target Run-in Example


46 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 10. An AC-130 Opposite Sector Attack Example

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 47


CUI
CUI

(5) RW integration with AC-130. Continuous integrated AC-130 and RW fire and
sensor support to ground forces is possible using the TTP described in table 41
in conjunction with the deconfliction plan in figure 11.
Note: This procedure should not be used for AC-130 impact angles less than 45⁰.

Table 41. Integrated RW and AC-130 Communication Example


AC-130 RW Aircraft Explanation

T
“Sparkle on.” “Contact/Tally.” Both aircraft confirm target for deconfliction.
“Established RW confirms position is outside engagement

AF
1,000 meters zone and AGL to establish distance (refer to
east of target, figure 8).
200 feet AGL.”
“Rounds away.”
“Cold.” “Cease fire.” If RW needs to move inside the engagement

R
distance (refer to figure 8), call “cease fire” for
AC-130 to go cold.
Note: The RW must call “abort” if it’s unable to maintain the safety distance or loses

D
situational awareness on the target being engaged.
Legend:
AGL—above ground level RW—rotary-wing
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 11. RW Deconfliction from AC-130 Attacks

48 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

r. Bomber CAS Employment Considerations.


(1) Bombers are best suited to engage large target areas with multiple desired
points of impact (DPIs). They loiter and engage from medium to high altitudes
with an extensive variety of payload capabilities and in-flight adjustable weapon
settings. They may provide 4 or more hours of uninterrupted time on station.
(2) Bombers have multiple crewmembers and radios enabling them to coordinate
with multiple agencies simultaneously.

T
(3) In multiple target strikes, expect the aircrew to read back lines 4, 6, and 8
from the 9-line CAS brief, and provide a separate system read back for each

AF
bomb on a coordinate target. JTACs should provide additional target information
using only lines 4, 6, and 8 prior to remarks, in accordance with JP 3-09.3.
Additional DPIs may increase the required time from 9-line brief to engagement
due to system entry.

R
(4) Bombers prefer a minimum of 15 nautical miles of airspace due to turning
radii and run-in distances. JTAC’s must discuss required airspace with the
bomber crew on check in.

D
(5) Extended run-in profiles may result in loss of target identification and create
communication problems between the bomber and JTAC.
E
(6) Reattack times are longer for bombers than for fighter aircraft.
(7) Bombers may be capable of creating refined target coordinates without use
of a targeting pod.
R
s. CAS Execution with Non-JTAC Personnel.
U

(1) In certain circumstances, the ground commander might require air support
when a JTAC or FAC(A) is not available, but detailed integration with friendly
forces fire and movement is still required.
AT

(2) The commander must consider the increased risk of friendly fire when using
personnel who are not JTAC or FAC(A) qualified. If the maneuver commander
accepts the risk, the request is forwarded to the CAS controlling agency (i.e., air
support operations center, direct air support center, or joint air operations center)
N

who will alert the aircrew who will be working with non-JTAC personnel.
(3) The aircrew executing CAS, under these circumstances, bear the
G

responsibility for the detailed integration required to minimize friendly fire


(normally done by a JTAC or FAC(A)). Therefore, ground commanders and CAS
aircrew members should use caution when conducting CAS with non-JTAC
SI

personnel.
(4) Table 42 illustrates a checklist for the aircrew and non-JTAC qualified
personnel to conduct CAS in the absence of a capable, informed JTAC or
FAC(A).

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 49


CUI
CUI

Table 42. Checklist for CAS with Non-JTAC Qualified Personnel


Steps Aircrew Non-JTAC Qualified
Personnel
1. Establish two-way Contact the JFO or OSC. Advise the aircrew, “I am not a
communication. JTAC” or “I am a JFO”.
2. Attempt to incorporate Query an ASOC or DASC Contact a higher command
a capable JTAC or for assistance from a echelon and request assistance

T
FAC(A). qualified JTAC. from an assigned JTAC.

AF
CAUTION
Proceed with caution if a JTAC or FAC(A) is not available.

3. Inventory marking Query JFO/OSC for Prepare to mark friendly positions

R
devices. friendly and target marking and the target location.
capabilities.
4. Build 9-line Gather target and friendly Provide factor-friendly positions to

D
information and data from JFO/OSC. Be the aircrew. Provide target
determine logical prepared to accept the location, description, and
restrictions. target location as an offset elevation. If unable, expect to pass
and distance from the the target location as an offset and
E
friendly position. distance from the friendly position.
5. Perform a visual Attempt to correlate target Be prepared to provide an
reconnaissance pass. and friendly data passed enhanced target area description,
R
in step 4. Integrate marks, and mark target and friendly
if able. locations to assist the correlation.
U

6. Develop a progressive Integrate capabilities to Establish contact to abort attacking


fire support plan. achieve the OSC’s intent aircraft and provide corrections to
while mitigating risk to weapons effects.
AT

friendly forces.
7. Take cover. Instruct friendlies to take Find cover to shield against
cover. Provide the vector weapons effects.
to cover, if needed.
8. Mark the target. Confirm the target location Mark the target using any available
N

by marking it with a means (e.g., tracer fire, mortars,


nonlethal weapon, WP smoke, crew-served weapons,
rocket, laser, or IR pointer, etc.).
G

if able.
9. Engage the target. Use the lowest collateral Provide corrections as a cardinal
damage weapon available direction and distance from the last
SI

to satisfy the OSC’s intent. impacts. Continue until the GFC’s


intent is achieved.
Legend:
ASOC—air support operations center JFO—joint fires observer
DASC—direct air support center JTAC—joint terminal attack controller
FAC(A)—forward air controller (airborne) OSC—on-scene commander
GFC—ground force commander WP—white phosphorous
IR—infrared
50 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

4. Threat Mitigation Plan (Avoid-Disrupt-Destroy).


a. Threats will affect the attacking aircraft’s ingress or egress geometry or weapons
delivery. JTACs, FAC(A)s, or the SCAR aircrew should coordinate to identify all
factor threats prior to the attack.
b. The aircraft will avoid factor threats using standoff weapons, or avoid the threat
envelope using modified flight profiles, such as masked ingress and egress profiles.

T
c. If aircraft cannot avoid the threat, JTACs, FAC(A)s, and the SCAR aircrew should
develop a suppression plan.

AF
d. JTACs, FAC(A)s, and the SCAR aircrew may elect to kill (neutralize or destroy)
the threat to allow follow-on attacks on the primary target. Figure 12 displays an
avoid-suppress-kill threat mitigation methodology.

R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 12. Avoid-Disrupt-Destroy Threat Mitigation Methodology

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 51


CUI
CUI

5. Aircraft and Surface Fires Integration Techniques.


a. Aircraft and surface fires can be integrated and deconflicted through lateral
separation, altitude, time, or a combination of these.
(1) Lateral separation (see figure 13) works best when aircraft and surface fires
engage separate target arrays.
(2) Timing is useful when multiple assets engage the same target array

T
depending on weapons delivery parameters (see figure 14).
(3) Altitude deconfliction may be useful in either situation.

AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 13. Lateral Fires Deconfliction

52 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
Figure 14. Timed Fires Deconfliction
b. Effective integration uses complementary capabilities of air and surface fires to
E
achieve the commander’s intent without imposing unnecessary restrictions.
c. Aircraft can work near active gun-target lines (GTL) with positive coordination. A
R
GTL is considered active when the firing unit has firing data on the gun line and the
firing unit is laid on the target. A GTL is considered hot when the firing unit is actively
firing in support of a mission.
U

d. Surface fires can require significant coordination time. When using surface fires
for SEAD, build and coordinate fire missions early to reduce time required and
AT

enhance combined effects during attacks.


6. Coordinated Attacks.
a. The aircrew with the highest situational awareness may be delegated tactical
lead for coordinated attacks. The tactical lead authority can only be delegated by the
N

JTAC, FAC(A), or SCAR aircrew. An aircraft given the tactical lead does not have
terminal attack control responsibilities, rather the tactical lead should ensure
deconfliction between aircraft is maintained and recommend attack geometry and
G

timing between flights/sections.


b. The type, ingress, egress, sort (TIES) method is a useful way to brief a
SI

coordinated attack. TIES refers to the:


(1) Type of coordinated attack.
(2) Ingress direction for each attacking flight.
(3) Egress direction for each attacking flight.
(4) Sort the targets to be attacked.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 53


CUI
CUI

c. Table 43 describes the types of coordinated attacks.


(1) The type of attack is based on the avenue of approach to the target and
timing.
(a) Example 1: A “combined, sequential, visual” attack means shared
airspace approach to the target with simultaneous attacks, using visual cues.
(b) Example 2: A “sectored, sequential, 1 minute” means attackers approach

T
from sectored airspace with sequential time spacing of 1 minute.
(2) It should be specified whether the timing is time on target (TOT) or time to

AF
target (TTT).

Table 43. Coordinated Attacks


Avenue of Approach Random
Simultaneous Attack Sequential Attack
to Target Attack

R
Combined airspace. Visual or timing. Visual spacing or time Not normally
separation. used.

D
Sectored airspace. Visual or timing. Visual spacing or time Free flow.*
separation.
*Ensure strafe fan or bomb and missile fragment deconfliction.
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

54 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Chapter III
ELECTROMAGNETIC ATTACK
1. Electromagnetic Attack Operations
a. Electromagnetic attack (EA) is considered a form of fires and involves the use of
electromagnetic energy, directed energy, or antiradiation weapons to prevent or
reduce an enemy’s effective use of the electromagnetic spectrum (EMS).

T
b. Primary EA activities include counter-communications, counter-radar, navigation
warfare (NAVWAR), and counter radio-controlled improvised explosive device

AF
(RCIED).
(1) Counter-communications EA targets enemy wireless communication systems
while allowing friendly use of the EMS. Target examples include:
(a) Tactical frequency modulation (FM)/very high frequency (VHF) push-to-

R
talk (PTT) radios.
(b) Commercial PTT radios.

D
(c) Data links.
(d) Radio relays and repeaters.
E
(e) Cellular and satellite phones.
(f) Wireless internet access points.
R
(2) Counter-radar EA targets enemy land-, sea-, or air-based radars while
allowing friendly use of radar systems. Techniques include noise and deception
(i.e., false targets) jamming. Target examples include:
U

(a) Early warning and air surveillance radars.


AT

(b) Ground-controlled intercept and air traffic control radars.


(c) Surface-to-air missile target acquisition and target tracking radars.
(d) Counter-artillery battery radars.
(e) Air and naval navigation radars.
N

(3) NAVWAR, or counter-navigation EA, targets the enemy’s use of positioning,


navigation, and timing capabilities while preserving its use for friendly forces.
G

Target examples include:


(a) Satellite-based global navigation systems.
SI

(b) Ground-based radio-frequency navigation systems.


(4) Counter RCIED EA uses the EMS to preempt and disrupt RCIED threats.
2. Planning Considerations
a. Desired effects drive requests for electromagnetic fires and may include actions
to deny, degrade, or disrupt the enemy’s use of the EMS, and to deceive the enemy
via the EMS. Examples of desired effects include:
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 55
CUI
CUI

(1) Denying early warning communications and radar.


(2) Denying or deceiving the enemy radar presentation.
(3) Isolating a target from visual observer networks.
(4) Denying command and control (C2) or targeting information to a firing unit.
(5) Screening friendly force movements.
(6) Severing targeting communications.

T
(7) Facilitating exploitation of enemy communications.

AF
(8) Suppressing RCIEDs.
b. Integrating EA and electromagnetic support (ES) capabilities is essential to
effective EA fires support. Examples of EA and ES capabilities that can be
integrated are:

R
(1) Selective. Jamming to deny the enemy use of specific, predetermined
frequencies while funneling the enemy to use other frequencies not being

D
jammed. This allows for collecting enemy communications and presenting the
enemy with operational obstacles.
(2) Spectral. Denying use of whole portions of the EMS while allowing total use
of other portions of the spectrum.
E
(3) Structural. Denying use of multiple portions of the EMS spectrum to induce
communication over a selected venue for optimized exploitation.
R
(4) Geographic. Denying communications in a specific region while allowing
uninhibited communications in other regions (also a form of deception jamming).
U

(5) Target Cueing and Refinement. EA assets may be unable to exploit while
jamming. ES target cueing enables rapid target identification and assignment of
AT

adversary chattermarks. ES assets also may provide feedback to EA assets’


jamming assignment effectiveness.
c. Deconfliction and synchronization are essential to effective EA fires support and
to prevent EMS friendly fire. Deconfliction is employing EA in a manner that
minimizes impact on friendly use of the EMS. The primary method of EMS
N

deconfliction is the joint restricted frequency list (JRFL).


(1) The JRFL is built by the J-2, J-3, J-5, J-6 and the joint frequency
G

management office or joint spectrum management element. The JRFL contains


three types of frequencies (i.e., guarded, protected and taboo). See JP 3-85,
Joint Electromagnetic Spectrum Operations, for more information on the JRFL.
SI

(a) Guarded frequencies are adversaries’ frequencies currently being


exploited for combat information and intelligence.
(b) Protected frequencies are friendly frequencies used for a particular
operation, identified and protected to prevent them from being inadvertently
jammed by friendly forces while active electromagnetic warfare (EW)
operations are directed against hostile forces.
56 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

(c) Taboo frequencies are friendly frequencies of such importance that they
must never be deliberately jammed or interfered with by friendly forces.
(2) Tactical units should ensure all planned friendly frequencies and exploited
adversary frequencies are on the JRFL prior to commencing operations.
(3) EA fires should be synchronized and deconflicted between airborne and
ground-based systems in planning and during execution. For example, airborne
systems can generate effects against rear-echelon forces due to increased line of

T
sight. Ground-based systems may generate effects closer to friendly forces,
allowing airborne assets to engage other priority targets.

AF
(4) EA assets should be deconflicted by time, geography, or target in cases
where integration is not possible to prevent friendly EMS friendly fire.
(5) In the event of EMS friendly fire, tactical units should attempt to resolve the
issue in real time through the jam control authority or directly with the EA asset.

R
Post mission, requestors should use the joint spectrum interference resolution
process found in CJCSI 3320.02F, Joint Spectrum Interference Resolution.

D
3. Tasking and Execution
a. EA requests fall within three operational categories: preplanned, preplanned on-
call, and immediate. Table 44 is the electromagnetic attack request form (EARF)
format.
E
(1) Requesting preplanned EA support is similar to requesting close air support
(CAS). Request EA effects using a Department of Defense (DD) Form 1972 with
R
specific EA effects requests attached in an EARF – see table 44.
(2) For on-call or immediate EA, use the EA briefing in table 45.
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 57


CUI
CUI

Table 44. Electromagnetic Attack Request Form (EARF)


Requesting Major Supported Command:
Requesting Unit:
Contact Information: This is for the person who will be responsible to verify the
EARF has been approved before the mission starts and to relay the information to

T
the executing unit.
Joint Tactical Air Strike Request (JTAR) Number: Enter the JTAR number that
will be submitted with this EARF.

AF
Concept of Operations (CONOPS): Describe the CONOPS. This will include the
objective, forces used, timeline of the mission, and coordination efforts required for
mission success. Relate the impact of mission success to specific objectives for
the integrated tasking order.

R
Electromagnetic Attack (EA) CONOPS: Define the desired effect(s) and timeline.
Other Required Capabilities: Specify any capabilities required to execute the
CONOPS, such as direction finding or exploitation.

D
Jam Control Authority:
Jam Initiate Authority:
CEASE BUZZER (Communications) Procedures:
CEASE MUSIC (Radar) Procedures:
E
This will be in accordance with theater special instructions. Provide a
communication plan between the jamming control authority and EA asset. Very
R
high/ultrahigh frequency is the primary means to talk to a supporting aircraft. If
unable to establish communications, consider using another asset to relay
U

information. Some aircraft may be internet relay chat or satellite communications


capable.
Friendly Frequency Use for Operation:
AT

Target System(s) to Target requested (list the type and frequency, if known).
be Jammed/Denied: Intelligence assessment (this is required for each request).
Do not copy and paste frequencies from one day to the next
without intelligence validation and assessment.
N

Target Location: Point, linear, or rectangular target grids.


Jamming date-time groups: From and To, in Zulu Time (preferred).
Type of EA Requested: Preplanned and scheduled on-call.
G
SI

58 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 45. Electromagnetic Attack Brief


Do not transmit line numbers. Units of measure are standard unless briefed.
Lines 1 and 2 are mandatory readback lines. The JTAC may request additional
readback.
JTAC: “ __________ , this is ______________ ;”
(aircraft call sign) (JTAC’s call sign)
1. Target or Effect Description: “___________ ;”

T
a. Rapper or Target Name (if applicable)

AF
b. Frequency (if known)
c. Modulation (if known)
2. Target Location: “ ____________________ ;”
(latitude and longitude or MGRS)
3. Remarks: “ _________________________ .”

R
Legend:
JTAC—joint terminal attack MGRS—military grid reference

D
controller system
b. EA execution requires specific rules of engagement and authorities. At a
minimum the theater special instructions and EARF should define authorities and
criteria for:
E
(1) Jamming Control Authority (JCA). This is the approval and execution
authority for any CEASE BUZZER/MUSIC requests and can order target jamming
R
by EA assets, as necessary, within their area of operations. JCA, or portions
thereof, may be delegated.
U

(2) Jam Initiate Authority. This provides authority to initiate jamming against
specific targets in accordance with EA requests, without requesting authority from
AT

the JCA.
(3) Kill-chain Communications. These are enemy communications which, if left
unjammed, will pose an immediate threat to friendly forces. Examples include
enemy calls for reinforcement and calls for fire. Denying kill-chain
communications does not require JCA approval.
N

c. After completing operations where EA was requested and executed, the


requestor should provide feedback to debrief whether the desired effect was
G

produced.
4. Electromagnetic Attack Capabilities Reference
SI

a. Aircraft Endurance. The following aircraft maximum unrefueled flight times


include transit and on-station times.
(1) EA-18G maximum unrefueled flight time: 2 hours.
(2) EC-130H maximum unrefueled flight time: 7 hours.
(3) F/A-18 (A-F) maximum unrefueled flight time: 2 hours.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 59


CUI
CUI

(4) F-16 (Block 50/52) maximum unrefueled flight time: 1.5 hours.
b. Table 46 lists the air, ground, and maritime forces with assets capable of
performing EA.
Table 46. Joint Electromagnetic Attack Capabilities
Capability Targets
Early
Platform SAM

T
Locate Exploit Jam ARM Comm warning/
TA/TT
TA radar
Airborne Electromagnetic Attack

AF
EA-18G X X X X1 X X
EC-130H/EC-37 X X X X X X1
F/A-18 X X1, 2 X2
1, 2
F-16 (Block 50/52) X X X2

R
Ground Electromagnetic Attack
Prophet X X X X
MEWSS X X X X

D
CESAS X X X X
Naval (Surface) Electromagnetic Attack
SSEE X X X X
Notes:
E
1. Limited effects.
R
2. No offensive jamming; ARM only.
3. Ground-to-space electromagnetic attack.
Legend:
U

ARM—antiradiation missile SAM—surface-to-air missile


CESAS—Communications Emitter SSEE—ship’s signal exploitation
Sensing and Attack System equipment
AT

comm—communications TA—target acquisition


MEWSS—mobile electromagnetic TT—target tracking
warfare support system
N
G
SI

60 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix A
CAPABILITES AND COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT
1. Capabilities and Communications Equipment
Tables 47–59 contain information regarding the relevant capabilities of listed aircraft.
Table 47. Fixed-Wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment

T
Sensor,
Video
Aircraft Ordnance Marking Data Voice
Downlink6

AF
Capabilities
AV-8B1 AGM-65, 2.75 inch LITENING2, Link 16 2 VHF/UHF Transmit C
rockets, 5 inch LUU-2/19,
VMF
Zuni, 25 mm, M257/278
APKWS
A-10C1 AGM-65,SDB LITENING2 or SADL, 1 VHF/UHF/SATCOM, Transmit C,

R
2.75 inch rockets, SNIPER2, VMF, 2 UHF,
L,
30 mm, APKWS LUU-2/19, SA MODE 1 VHF
M257/278, S,

D
quickdraw
AC-130J AGM-176, 2 MX-20 or 2 SADL, 2 UHF, UHF,
MX-20 or MX-25 Link 16 (J- 2 VHF, L,
GBU-69
voice), S,
30 mm, 2 HF
105 mm,
E HPW,
ANW2,
5 multi-band (3
C,
Ku
SDB I, SATCOM)
KuKa,
laser SDB,
R
HARRIS SA,
Hellfire
Vortex
B-1B1 JASSM SNIPER2 Link 16, 1 UHF/VHF/SATCOM, Transmit C
U

JREAP-A 1 UHF/SATCOM,
1 HF
B-23 JDAM, GP, JASSM, SAR Link 16, 2 UHF/VHF/SATCOM,
AT

EGBU, GBU-57 HPW 1 HF


B-521 MALD SNIPER2 or JREAP-A, 4 UHF/VHF, Transmit C
LITENING2 VMF 1 SATCOM HF
E-3 Link 11/16 14 UHF, 2 VHF/AM,
1 VHF/FM/ 3 HF,
N

2 UHF/SATCOM
E-8 Link 16 12 UHF, 4 VHF/AM/FM,
1 VHF/FM (SINGARS),
G

2 HF, 3 UHF/SATCOM
E-11A Link 16, 9 UHF/VHF,
BACN SADL/ 2 UHF/SATCOM
SI

ELPRS
F-15E1 EGBU, JSOW, SNIPER2 or Link 16 2 UHF/VHF, Transmit C
20 mm LITENING2, 1 UHF/VHF/SATCOM
SAR

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 61


CUI
CUI

Table 47. Fixed-Wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment (Cont’d)


Sensor, Marking Video
Aircraft Ordnance Data Voice
Capabilities Downlink5
F-161 AGM-65, HARM, SNIPER2 or Link 16 or 1or 2 UHF/VHF/SATCOM, Transmit C
SDB, JASSM, LITENING2, SADL, 1 UHF
2.75 inch rockets, SAR IDM/IDT,
20 mm, APKWS HTS4 SA MODE
(Block 30),
VMF (ANG

T
only)
F/A-181 AGM-65, ATFLIR2, Link 16, VMF, 2 UHF/VHF, Transmit
AGM-84H/K, HARM, LITENING2, TTNT SATCOM ATFLIR C6,

AF
JASSM, NIGHTHAWK LITENING C
2.75 inch rockets, 5 (CF-18),
inch Zuni, LUU-2/19,
20 mm, APKWS, IRST
LRASSM
F-223 GBU-32, SDB Radar Link 16 1 UHF, 1 UHF/VHF
F-351,3 SDB, GBU-49, DAS, Link 16, VMF 1 UHF

R
JSOW8, 25 mm SAR, 1 UHF/VHF
GMTI
KC-130J Hellfire, TSS, 2 UHF, Transmit Ku;

D
Harvest Griffin LUU-2/19, 2 VHF, Receive L, S,
Hawk PSS-SOF 2 HF C, Ku
MC-12 MX-15DiD (high Link 16, 2 VHF only, S,
drag) SADL, 4 UHF/VHF/FM, C,
HPW, 1 HF, Ku

P-33 AGM-65P,
E SA MODE
ASX-4, ASX-6, Link 11
1 SATCOM
3 UHF, Transmit
AGM-84H/K, Star SAFIRE 1 VHF, common data
R
CBU, GP (high drag), 2 HF, link, C, or Ku
SAR 1 SATCOM
P-83 AGM-84D, APY-10, Link 11/16 3 UHF/VHF, Transmit
Mk-54, GP ALQ-218, 2 VHF, X, Ku
U

AAS, MTI, SAR, 1 HF,


ISAR 2 SATCOM
U-28 MX-15, Link 16, 6 UHF/VHF, L,
AT

MTS-A SADL, 2x VHF S,


LRD, LTM, HPW, 2xSATCOM, C,
Green Laser ANW2, VoIP Ku/Ka
Illuminator MANET
Gateway
SA MODE
mIRC
N

VORTEX
Typhoon EGBU, LITENING2 Link 16 1 UHF, Transmit C
(UK)3 GP Bombs, 1 VHF (AM only),
G

27 mm 1 Tactical VHF
SI

62 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 47. Fixed-Wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment (Cont’d)


Notes:
1. These aircraft can carry CBU, GP bombs, JDAM, LGB, laser JDAM. See individual aircraft manuals for
specific information.
2. Not all aircraft with these pods have downlink capability.
3. These aircraft may not be SINCGARS capable.
4. Block 40, 42, 50, or 52.

T
5. Video downlinks are transmit and receive capable unless specified.
6. Analog only.
7. All aircraft listed in this table are HAVE QUICK II capable.

AF
8. F-35C only
Legend
AAS—advanced aerial sensor JDAM—Joint Direct Attack Munition
APKWS—Advanced Precision Kill Weapon JREAP—Joint Range Extension Applications
System Protocol
AM—amplitude modulation JSOW—joint standoff weapon

R
ANG—Air National Guard LGB—laser-guided bomb
ANW2—Adaptive Networking Wideband LRD—laser/range designator
Waveform LTM—laser target marker

D
ATFLIR—advanced targeting forward-looking MALD—miniature air-launched decoy
infrared MANET—mobile ad hoc network
BACN—battlefield airborne communication mIRC—Microsoft Internet relay chat
node mm—millimeter
CBU—cluster bomb unit MTI—moving target indicator
DAS—distributed aperture system
E MTS—multispectral targeting system
DMS—dual-mode seeker MTV—mobile tactical video
EGBU—enhanced guided bomb unit SA—situational awareness
R
ELPRS—enhanced position location reporting SADL—situational awareness data link
FM—frequency modulation SAR—synthetic aperture radar
GMTI—ground moving target indicator SATCOM—satellite communications
U

GP—general purpose SDB—small diameter bomb


HARM—high-speed antiradiation missile SINCGARS—single-channel ground and
HF—high frequency airborne radio system
AT

HPW—high-performance waveform TTNT—tactical targeting network technology


(satellite communications) TSS—target sight system
HTS—high-speed antiradiation missile UHF—ultrahigh frequency
targeting system UK—United Kingdom
IDM—improved data modem VHF—very high frequency
IDT—interflight data transfer VMF—variable message format
N

IRST—infrared search and track VoIP—Voice over Internet Protocol


ISAR—inverse synthetic aperture radar VORTEX—video oriented transceiver for exchange
JASSM—joint air-to-surface standoff missile
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 63


CUI
CUI

Table 48. Rotary-wing Capabilities and Communications Equipment


Ordnance Sensor
Video
Aircraft Marking Data Voice1
Forward Off-axis Downlink2
Capabilities
AH-1Z Hellfire, JAGM 20 mm TSS (FLIR, CCTV, 2 VHF/UHF –
APKWS, LTD, IR Pointer) AM/FM
2.75 inch
AH-6M Hellfire, AN/SZQ-3(V)2 Link-165 2 UHF -FM, 1 VDL
50 caliber, (FLIR, LLLTV, VHF-AM, 1 Receive: L, S,

T
7.62 mm, LRFD, IR pointer) UHF-FM / C, Ka, Ku
2.75 inch rockets SATCOM
AH-64D Hellfire, 30 mm MTADS, BFT, VMF 2 VHF-FM, Ku-TCDL;

AF
AH-64E APKWS, MMW Radar Link 16 1 VHF-AM, Receive:
2.75 inch rockets (AH-64E 1 UHF/ UHF, L, S, C,
only) SATCOM Ku
HH-60G 50 caliber, FLIR, LWIR, SADL 2 VHF,
7.62 mm IZLID, 1 UHF/
DALS/quickdraw Sat-AM

R
HH-60H Hellfire 50 caliber, FLIR, BFT 3 VHF/UHF/
7.62 mm IZLID SATCOM
MH-60M Hellfire, 7.62 mm AN/ZSQ 2V2(FLIR, Link-16 VHF-FM/AM VDL

D
30 mm, 50 cal, DTV, I2, LST, IR UHF-FM/AM Revieve: L,S,C,
7.62 mm Pointer, LRFD) SATCOM Ka, Ku
2.75 inch rockets HF
MH-60R Hellfire, 50 caliber, MTS, Hawk-link, 2 VHF/UHF/ Transmit Ku
APKWS 7.62 mm IZLID Link 16 SATCOM
MH-60S Hellfire, APKWS,
20 mm,
50 caliber,
7.62 mm
E
MTS, IZLID,
DALS/quickdraw
Link 16 2 VHF/UHF/
SATCOM
Transmit S, C3

2.75 inch rockets


Tiger (EU, Hellfire, 30 mm Roof-mounted sight Euro-grid 3 VHF/UHF/
R
AUS) APKWS, (FLIR, DTV, LTD, SATCOM
2.75 inch rockets LST), IZLID 1 HF/Data
UH-1Y APKWS, 50 caliber, BRITE Star II 3 VHF/UHF/
U

2.75 inch rockets 7.62 mm (FLIR, CCTV, LTD, SATCOM4


IR Sparkle)
IZLID
Notes:
AT

1. All aircraft in this table are HAVE QUICK II and SINCGARS capable.
2. Video downlinks are transmit and receive capable unless specified.
3. Analog only.
4. SATCOM is demand assigned multiple access only.
5. When installed.
Legend:
N

AM—amplitude modulation MMW—millimeter wave


APKWS—Advanced Precision Kill Weapon System MTADS—modernized target acquisition
AUS—Australia designation sight
G

BFT—blue force tracker MTS—multispectral targeting system


DALS—downed aviator locator system NTSU—night targeting system upgrade
DTV—day television SADL—situation awareness data link
EU—European Union sat—satellite
SI

FLIR—forward-looking infrared SATCOM—satellite communications


FM—frequency modulation SINCGARS—single-channel ground and
HF—high frequency airborne radio system
IZLID—infrared zoom laser illuminator designator TCDL—tactical common data link
LST—laser spot tracker TSS—target sight system
LTD—laser target designator UHF—ultrahigh frequency
LWIR—long-wave infrared VHF—very high frequency
mm—millimeter VMF—variable message format

64 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 49. Unmanned Aircraft System Capabilities and Communication


Sensor
Video Altitude (feet)/
Aircraft1 Ordnance Marking Data Voice
Downlink2 Endurance
Capabilities
MQ-1C Hellfire-R EO, LLLTV, MWIR, TCDL
VHF, UHF, C, Ku 2 k AGL–25 k
LTD, LRF, SAR, SATCOM, HQ II, MSL/
GMTI, IR pointer SINCGARS 25–40 hours
MQ-4C EO, IR, MFAS, AIS
TCDL VHF, UHF, 50–60 k MSL/
SATCOM, CT 31 hours

T
MQ-5B GBU-44 EO, MWIR, LTD, TCDL VHF, UHF, C Digital 2 k AGL–18 k
LRF, IR pointer SATCOM, HQ II MSL/20 hours
MQ-8B BRITE Star II, TCDL VHF, UHF, C Digital, Ku, 2 k AGL–10 k

AF
Vortex SATCOM CDL MSL/4.5 hours
MQ-93 Hellfire, GBU- MTS-B/D, Link 16 2xVHF, UHF, C, Ku, S, L 2 k AGL–30 k
12, 38, 49, 54 SAR, GMTI, MWAS, (JREAP- SATCOM, HQ II, MSL/
LRD, C) SINCGARS 14–17 hours
LTM (18-21 hours ER
Config)

R
MQ-27A/B EO, MWIR, C 2 k AGL–19.5 k
IR Pointer MSL/24+ hours
RQ-4 SAR, GMTI TCDL VHF, UHF, C 50–58 k MSL/
SATCOM, CT 28 hours

D
RQ-7B POP-300D (EO, TCDL VHF FM Relay, C 2 k AGL–16 k
v2/Blk3 MWIR, LTD, LRF, IR UHF4,5, MSL/9 hours
pointer) Sat4,5, HQ II,
SINCGARS
RQ-11B6 EO, MWIR VHF, UHF5, C 100–300 AGL/ 1.5
E SINCGARS hours
RQ-12A6 EO, MWIR VHF, UHF5, C 500 AGL/
SINCGARS 50 minutes
R
RQ-20B6 EO, MWIR VHF, UHF5, C 500 AGL/
SINCGARS 2 hours
RQ-21A EO, MWIR, LRF, IR VHF5,7, UHF5,7, L, S LOS-20k MSL/16
U

pointer, AIS SATCOM5, hours


SINCGARS
Notes:
1. All listed UAS are Rover 6 Capable.
AT

2. Video downlinks are all transmit and receive capable.


3. The MQ-9 and Gray Eagle employ the K, M, N, P, P+, and R Hellfire variants.
4. The RQ-7B air vehicle has only VHF-FM capabilities.
5. The ground control station has these communication abilities.
6. Not Rover 4 or 5 capable.
7. Relay.
8. Configuration dependent.
N

Legend:
AGL—above ground level LTD—laser target designator
AIS—automated information system LTM—laser target marker
CDL—common data link MFAS—multifunction active sensor
G

CT—cipher text mIRC—Mardam-Bey internet relay chat


DAS—distributed aperture system MSL—mean sea level
EO—electro-optical MTADS—modernized target acquisition designation sight
ER—extended range MTS—multispectral targeting system
SI

FM—frequency modulation MWIR—mid-wavelength infrared


GMTI—ground moving target indicator SAR—synthetic aperture radar
HQ—HAVE QUICK SATCOM—satellite communications
IR—infrared SINCGARS—single-channel ground and
JREAP-C—Joint Range Extension Applications Protocol-C airborne radio system
k—thousand TCDL—tactical common data link
JDAM—Joint Direct Attack Munition UAS—unmanned aircraft system
LLLTV—low-light-level television UHF—ultrahigh frequency
LGB—laser-guided bomb VHF—very high frequency
LRF—laser range finder

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 65


CUI
CUI

2. Aircraft Sensor Capabilities


Table 50 contains aircraft sensor capabilities.

Table 50. Aircraft Sensor Capabilities


Laser
Laser Target IR
Sensor Spectrum Platforms Spot
Designator Pointer
Tracker
AN/AAS-44(V) IR / EO / LLTV / MH-60R/S Yes No Yes

T
Fused modes of
each

AF
AN/AAS-44C(V)2 IR, EO, LLLTV HH-60H Yes No Yes
AN/ZSQ-2V2 IR, LLLTV, MH-60M Yes Yes Yes
SWIR
AN/SZQ-3 (V)2 IR, LLLTV A/H-6M Yes Yes1 Yes
ATFLIR IR, CCD F/A-182 Yes Yes Yes

R
BRITE Star II IR, CCD, DTV UH-1Y Yes No Yes
LITENING IR, CCD AV-8B, A-10C, Yes Yes Yes
B-52/H, F-16,

D
F/A-18 (USMC)
MTADS IR, DTV AH-64D/E Yes Yes Yes
MTS-A/B IR, EO, LLLTV, MQ-1C, MQ-9 Yes No Yes
SWIR
MX-15Di
E
IR, CCD, SWIR H-6, P-3, King Air
variants, Lynx,
Yes Yes Yes

Wildcat
R
MX-20 IR, CCD, SWIR P-8A, P-3, Yes No Yes
AC-130J3
MX-25 IR, CCD, SWIR AC-130J Yes Yes Yes
U

SNIPER IR, CCD A-10C,B-1B, F-15E Yes Yes Yes


TSS IR, CCD AH-1Z, KC-130J Yes No Yes
AT

TFLIR AN/AAQ-40 IR F-35A/B/C Yes Yes No


Notes:
1. The AN/SQZ-3 fielded on some A/H-6Ms has only an LTD and IR pointer.
2. AC-130J has two MX-20 EO and IR sensors or 1 MX-20 and 1 MX-25 and does not have LST (MX-25
has LST).
3. The IR pointer is not boresighted to laser, EO, or IR for AH-1W helicopters.
N

Legend:
ATFLIR—advanced targeting forward-looking infrared LTD—laser target designator
CCD—charge-coupled device MTADS—modernized target acquisition
G

CVN—multi-purpose aircraft carrier (nuclear- designation sight


powered) MTS—multispectral target system
DTV––day television NTS—night targeting system
DVO—direct-view optics NTSU—night targeting system upgrade
SI

EO—electro-optical SWIR—short-wave infrared


IR—infrared TFLIR—targeting forward-looking infrared
LLLTV—low-light-level television TSS—target sight system
LST—laser spot tracker USMC—United States Marine Corps

66 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix B
BREVITY
Brevity terms ease coordination and improve understanding during multi-Service
operations. A brevity code provides no security. Its sole purpose is to shorten the
message, not conceal information. Tables 51–59 contain brevity terms grouped by
tactics and are relevant to the fire support mission. For the complete listing of all multi-
Service brevity terms refer to Army Techniques Publication (ATP) 1-02.1, Marine Corps

T
Reference Publication (MCRP) 3-30B.1, Navy Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures
(NTTP) 6-02.1, Air Force Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (AFTTP) 3-2.5, Multi-

AF
Service Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Multi-Service Brevity Codes. All
brevity terms listed are unclassified.
Table 51. Key to Appendix B

R
* Meaning may differ from North Atlantic Treaty
Organization (NATO) brevity word.

D
** Not a NATO brevity word.
No Caveat Denotes a general brevity code.
[A/A] Brevity code meaning applies to air-to-air (A/A)
E
operations or communications.
[AIR-MAR] Brevity code meaning applies to maritime air (AIR-MAR)
R
operations or communications.
[A/S] Brevity code meaning applies to air-to-surface (A/S)
U

operations or communications.
[EW] Brevity code meaning applies to electromagnetic warfare
AT

(EW) operations or communications.


[MAR] Brevity code meaning applies to maritime-to-maritime
(MAR) operations or communications.
[S/A] Brevity code meaning applies to surface-to-air (S/A)
N

operations or communications.
[SO] Brevity code meaning applies to space operations (SO)
G

or communications.
[S/S] Brevity code meaning applies to surface-to-surface (S/S)
SI

operations or communications.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 67


CUI
CUI

Table 52. General Brevity Terms


Term Definition
ANCHOR [location] 1. Orbit about a specific point.
2. Refueling track flown by tanker.
ANGELS Height of FRIENDLY aircraft in thousands of feet from
mean sea level (MSL).
AS FRAGGED * Unit or element will be performing exactly as briefed

T
or scheduled.
AUTHENTICATE To request or provide a response for a coded

AF
challenge.
[number, weapon type] [A/S] [AIR-MAR] [S/A] Release or launch of specified
AWAY weapon (e.g., 1 AWAY, 2 PIGS AWAY, BIRDS
AWAY, etc.). At minimum number or weapon type
required.

R
Note: Include the launch location in BULLSEYE
format and weapons track direction when appropriate.

D
BASE [+/- number] Reference number used to indicate such information
as headings, altitude, fuels, etc.
BRACKET [direction] [A/A] [A/S] Maneuver to a position on opposite sides,
either laterally or vertically from the target.
BULLDOG
E
* [MAR] [S/S] FRIENDLY surface- or submarine-
launched antiship missile.
R
CEASE [activity] * Discontinue stated activity; e.g., CEASE BUZZER,
LASER, SPARKLE, TORCH, etc.
CHATTERMARK Begin using briefed communication procedures to
U

[communication type] counter communications jamming. If no modifier


specified, “radio” is understood.
AT

CHERRY ** [A/A] [A/S] [S/A] Call to inbound aircraft the landing


zone (LZ), helicopter landing zone, or drop zone (DZ)
has enemy activity above the prebriefed risk
tolerance. Opposite of and cancels ICE.
CHERUBS Height of a FRIENDLY aircraft in hundreds of feet
N

above ground level.


CLEARED HOT 1. [A/S] Term used by a joint terminal attack controller
(JTAC) / forward air controller (airborne) (FAC(A))
G

during Type 1 and 2 close air support (CAS) terminal


attack control when granting weapons release
clearance to an aircraft attacking a specific target.
SI

CLEARED TO ENGAGE 1. ** [A/S] Term used by a JTAC/(FAC(A) during Type


3 control, granting a weapons release clearance to an
aircraft or flight to attack a target or targets within the
parameters prescribed by the JTAC/FAC(A).
2. ** [A/A] [A/S] Clearance to fire on designated
GROUP or target.

68 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 52. General Brevity Terms (Cont’d)


Term Definition
CONTINUE Continue present maneuver, does not imply a change
in clearance to engage or expend ordnance.
CONTINUE DRY [A/S] Continue present maneuver, ordnance release
not authorized. Used to provide approval to aircraft to
continue the pass without expending ordnance during

T
Type 1, 2, or 3 control. (JTAC must use “Type 3,
CONTINUE DRY” for dry Type 3 control).
Note: Simulated weapons deliveries may be

AF
performed.
DANGER CLOSE ** For air-to-surface (A/S) and surface-to-surface
(S/S) missions, the term DANGER CLOSE is a
mandatory call alerting of an elevated risk to the

R
closest friendly troops from the intended point of a
weapon’s impact requiring specific procedures for risk

D
mitigation.
Note: Specific DANGER CLOSE distances,
assumptions, and procedures are contained in the
Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) Appendix H.
E
ENGAGEMENT ** [A/S] Mandatory call from the attack aircraft to the
COMPLETE JTAC or FAC(A) during Type 3 CAS terminal control
R
indicating completion of ordnance release. See also
CLEARED TO ENGAGE.
U

FARM ** [A/S] Helicopter status of fuel (expressed in


PLAYTIME), ammunition, rocket, and missile (e.g.,
“Taz 31, FARM 2+00, 300, 14, 4”). See WHAT
AT

STATE.
GREEN 1. [A/A] [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Direction of no known enemy
threats requires [direction] modifier.
2. * [A/A] [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Aircraft is at a weapon
and/or fuel state that allows continued execution of
N

the mission.
Note: A specific loadout or fuel state should be
G

determined during mission planning.


ICE ** [A/A] [A/S] [S/A] Call that the LZ or DZ has enemy
activity below the prebriefed risk. Opposite of and
SI

cancels CHERRY.
IN [direction] 1. [A/A] Turning toward a known threat. Opposite of
OUT.
2. [A/S] Entering terminal phase of an air-to-ground
attack. Opposite of OFF.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 69


CUI
CUI

Table 52. General Brevity Terms (Cont’d)


Term Definition
[status] LIGHT ** [S/A] Mission status.
** (RED): Prebriefed threats have not been mitigated
for further mission execution. Aircraft should evaluate
their position relative to the threat and take
appropriate actions.

T
** (YELLOW): Designated assets can continue to
operate relative to the prebriefed threat while other
assets should continue to hold.

AF
** (GREEN): All aircraft are cleared to execute
prebriefed missions.
LOWDOWN ** [EW] A request for the tactical electromagnetic
support (ES) picture (e.g., from RC-135, E-3, EP-3) or

R
ground picture (e.g., from E-8, RQ-4 [Block 40]) in an
area of interest.
MINIMIZE The radio frequency is becoming saturated,

D
degraded, or jammed and briefer transmissions must
follow.
OFF [direction] [A/A] [A/S] Attack is terminated and maneuvering to
the indicated direction.
OFFSET [direction]
E
Maneuver in a specified direction with reference to the
target.
R
PIG(S) [A/S] FRIENDLY glide weapon(s) (e.g., standoff
weapon, guided bomb unit, small diameter bomb).
See (weapon) AWAY.
U

PLAYTIME Amount of time aircraft can remain on station, given in


hours plus minutes (e.g., ONE PLUS THIRTY equals
AT

1 hour and 30 minutes).


[frequency] POGO [A/A] Switch to communication channel number
[frequency] preceding POGO. If unable to establish
communications, switch to channel number following
POGO. If no channel number follows POGO, return to
N

this channel.
RED ** [A/A] [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Aircraft is at weapon and/or
fuel state that is insufficient to continue execution of
G

the mission.
Note: A specific loadout or fuel state should be
SI

determined during mission planning.

70 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 52. General Brevity Terms (Cont’d)


Term Definition
REDWOOD ** [S/A] An informative or directive call to initiate
(HOT) or cease (COLD) the integration of FRIENDLY
surface-to-air fires into a fighter or joint engagement
zone without further coordination. Must include
modifier HOT or COLD.

T
Note: Friendly aircraft are expected to maintain an
appropriate stand off following a REDWOOD HOT
call, unless the acceptable level of risk permits

AF
otherwise.
REMINGTON ** [A/A] [A/S] No ordnance remaining except gun or
self-protection ammo.
RENEGADE A civil platform that is assessed as operating in such

R
a manner as to raise suspicion that it might be used
as a weapon.

D
RESET [A/A] [S/A] [SO] Proceed to a prebriefed position or
area of operations.
RETROGRADE (ING) * Withdraw(ing) while executing defensive procedures
in response to a threat.
RIFLE [number, time]
E
* [A/S] [AIR-MAR] FRIENDLY A/S missile launch.
Option to add follow-on modifiers for number of
R
munitions and/or time of flight.
Note: Include launch location in BULLSEYE format
and weapons track direction when appropriate.
U

RIPPLE [A/S] [S/A] [AIR-MAR] Two or more munitions will be


released or fired in close succession. Typically
AT

associated with number and type of weapon with


release interval. (Normally discussed during the
prestrike game plan
between aircraft and/or between aircraft and ground
tactical controller).
N

SAM [direction] Visual acquisition of a surface-to-air missile (SAM) in


flight or a SAM launch; should include position.
G

SHOPPING [A/S] An aircraft request to forward air controller,


JTAC, or command and control (C2) platform for a
target or task.
SI

SHOT ** [S/S] Round(s) has/have been fired.


SHREW ** Persistent interference from an undetermined
source that is degrading situational awareness on the
current radio channel.
SKUNK * [A/S] [AIR-MAR] A maritime or ground CONTACT
that has not yet been identified.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 71


CUI
CUI

Table 52. General Brevity Terms (Cont’d)


Term Definition
SLAPSHOT [type, [A/S] [EW] Immediately employ a best available
bearing] antiradiation missile against a specified threat at the
specified bearing.
SNIPER [type, location [A/S] [EW] Aircraft to employ a range known
(range, bearing)] antiradiation missile against a specified threat at the

T
specified location.
SORT 1. [A/A] Assignment of responsibility within a GROUP;
criteria can be met visually, electromagnetically (i.e.,

AF
radar), or both.
2. * [A/S] Assignment of specific targeting
responsibilities.
SORTED [A/A] [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Sort responsibility within a

R
GROUP has been met.
SPLASH(ED) 1. [A/A] [A/S] [S/A] Hit observed with valid desired
weapons effects (DWE) against a target.

D
2. * [S/A] [S/S] Informative call to observer or spotter 5
seconds prior to estimated time of impact.
SUNSHINE [A/S] Illuminating target with artificial illumination.
WAGON [left/right] ** [A/S] Rotary-wing directive call to orbit around the
E
target (e.g., “Taz 31, WAGON left”).
WEAPONS [status] * Weapons control status. Fire only:
R
1. * FREE: at targets not identified as FRIENDLY IAW
current ROE.
2. * TIGHT: at targets positively identified as
U

HOSTILE IAW current ROE.


3. * HOLD/SAFE: in self-defense or in response to a
AT

formal order.
Note: NATO uses WEAPONS to determine munitions
available or remaining similar to WHAT STATE.
WINCHESTER No ordnance remaining.
N

YELLOW ** [A/A] [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Aircraft is at a weapon and/or


fuel status that is approaching a level insufficient to
continue execution of the mission.
G

Note: A specific loadout or fuel state should be


determined during mission planning.
SI

Legend:
C2—command and control ISR—intelligence, surveillance,
CAS—close air support and reconnaissance
DWE—desired weapons effects LZ—landing zone
DZ—drop zone ROE—rules of engagement
EW—electromagnetic warfare SACC—supporting arms coordination center
IAW—in accordance with SAM—surface-to-air missile

72 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 53. Marking Brevity Terms


Term Definition
BLIND No visual contact with FRIENDLY aircraft, ship, or ground
position. Opposite of VISUAL.
CONTACT(S) 1. Sensor information at the stated position.
2. [A/S] Acknowledges sighting of a specified reference
point (either visually or via sensor).

T
3. [A/A] Individual radar return within a GROUP or ARM.
LOOKING [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Aircrew does not have the ground or

AF
surface object, reference point, or target in sight (opposite
of CONTACT).
MARK 1. Record the location of a point or object of interest.
2. ** [A/S] [S/S] Spotting round, normally white phosphorus
or illumination on the deck to indicate targets to aircraft,

R
ground troops, or fire support.
3. ** [A/A] Challenge and response term for requested
aircraft to report contrails.

D
NO JOY 1.* [A/A] [A/S] [S/A] [SO] Aircrew does not have visual
contact with the TARGET or BANDIT. Opposite of TALLY.
2.* Indicates that radio communications could not be
E
established with the distant end on a specified radio net.
OCCUPIED [A/S] Ground equipment present at tasked target location.
Opposite of VACANT.
R
PADLOCKED Aircrew cannot take eyes off an aircraft, ground target, or
surface position without risk of losing TALLY or VISUAL.
U

SMOKE [A/S] Smoke marker used to mark a position.


TALLY Sighting of a target, non-friendly aircraft, or enemy
position. Opposite of NO JOY.
AT

VACANT [A/S] Ground equipment not present at specific or tasked


target location. Opposite of OCCUPIED.
VISUAL Sighting of a FRIENDLY aircraft or ground position or ship.
Opposite of BLIND.
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 73


CUI
CUI

Table 54. Laser Brevity Terms


Term Definition
BUDDY [LASE or * [A/S] Have weapon guidance from a source other than
GUIDE] delivering aircraft.
DEADEYE Laser designator system inoperative.
LASER ON [A/S] [S/S] Directive call to start lasing.
LASING [A/S] [S/S] The speaker is firing the laser in response to

T
LASER ON.
NEGATIVE LASER [A/S] Laser energy has not been acquired.

AF
SHIFT [direction, [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Shift laser, IR, radar, device energy, or
track number] aim point.
Note: This can be used to shift from the offset position onto
the target. Also, it is used during multi-aircraft attack to shift
laser energy or target assignments.

R
SPOT 1. [A/S] Acquisition of the reflected laser energy.
2. Platform is laser spot tracker capable.

D
STARE [laser ** Cue the laser spot search or tracker function on the
code, reference specified laser code in relation to the specified reference
point] point. Reference point may include the following:
steerpoint, geographic reference, bearing and range, or
E
data link point.
TEN SECONDS [A/S] Standby for (weapon) ON call in approximately 10
R
seconds. (e.g., LASER ON, TORCH ON, etc.)
Legend:
IR—infrared
U
AT
N
G
SI

74 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 55. Infrared Brevity Terms


Term Definition
MATCH [type] * [A/S] [S/S] [AIR-MAR] Overlay requested target designator
type (e.g., MATCH SPARKLE, MATCH LASER).
PULSE * Illuminate(ing) a position with flashing IR energy.
ROPE [S/A] Circling an IR pointer around an aircraft to help the
aircraft identify the FRIENDLY ground position.

T
WARNING

AF
This technique may damage night vision devices.

SNAKE [A/S] Oscillate an IR pointer in a figure eight about a target.


SPARKLE 1. [A/S] [S/S] Mark or marking target by IR pointer.
2. Platform is IR pointer capable.

R
STEADY [A/S] Stop oscillation of IR pointer.
Note: The brevity terms listed in this table amplify the infrared communications in

D
Army Techniques Publication (ATP) 1-02.1, Marine Corps Reference Publication
(MCRP) 3-30B.1, Navy Tactics, Techniques and Procedures (NTTP) 6-02.1, Air
Force Tactics, Techniques And Procedures (AFTTP) 3-2.5, MTTP for Multi-
Service Brevity Codes.
Legend:
E
IR—infrared
R
Table 56. Video Downlink and Remote Video Terminal Brevity Terms
U

Term Definition
CHECK Target appears to be no longer tracked by sensor.
CAPTURE
AT

CHECK FOCUS Sensor image appears to be out of focus.


DECLUTTER 1. [A/S] Request for the pilot or operator to remove targeting
symbology to allow the user to see a better picture of the
target area.
2. [A/A] Minimize on-screen graphics to prevent an object of
N

interest from being obscured.


HANDSHAKE 1. Link 16 Air Control network participation group (NPG)
G

initiation between air control unit and controlled aircraft.


2. [A/S] Video data link established.
HOLLOW 1. Any data link message not received.
SI

2. * [A/S] Lost video data link.


RESTAKE [A/S] Drive a new STAKE at the target centroid reported with
direction of travel and elevation. Initiated by aircrew.
ROVER Platform is ROVER video downlink capable.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 75


CUI
CUI

Table 56. Video Downlink and Remote Video Terminal Brevity Terms
(Cont’d)
Term Definition
SET 1. Set (or have set) a particular speed. May be indicated in
knots or Mach.
2. No longer slewing sensor and awaiting further updates.
3. ** Overwatch aircraft is in position.

T
SHADOW Follow indicated TARGET.
SLEW ** Move sensor in direction indicated (usually accompanied

AF
with a unit of measure). For example, “SLEW left one half
screen.”
STAKE 1. * [A/S] Reference point for A/S targeting operations.
2. * A full-motion video system mark has been set and is used
as a frame of reference.

R
SWITCH [item] 1. * Switch the setting on the referenced item.
2. * (CAMERA) Switch full-motion video to EO or IR.

D
3. (POLARITY) Switch IR polarity to black hot or white hot.
4. * [S/A] Formation or element change to preplanned
frequency.
ZOOM (in/out) *[EW] Increase or decrease the sensor’s focal length.
E
Note: “ZOOM in/out” is followed by “ONE, TWO, THREE, or
FOUR” to indicate the number of fields of view to change.
R
Legend:
EO—electro-optical IR—infrared
U
AT
N
G
SI

76 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 57. Sensor Tasking Brevity Terms


Term Definition
[target or * [A/S] Object has been acquired and is being tracked.
object]
CAPTURED
DROP(PING) 1. [A/A] [A/S] Stop or stopping monitoring of specified emitter
or target or GROUP and resume(ing) search responsibilities.

T
2. [S/A] (TRACK number) Remove the emitter or target from
tactical picture or track stores.

AF
3. [EW] Remove a specific system or EOB category from
search responsibilities.
MELD 1. * [A/A] Bias radar coverage IAW briefed parameters.
2. * [A/A] Shift radar responsibilities from sanitizing to gaining
situational awareness on the assigned GROUP.

R
3. [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Directive call to another aircraft to match
sensor location.
MONITOR 1. [A/A] [A/S] Maintain(ing) sensor awareness on specified

D
(ING) [GROUP GROUP or object. Implies that tactically significant changes
or object] will be communicated.
2. * [AIR-MAR] Maintain contact or targeting information on a
E
maritime surface contact.
MOVER(S) Unidentified surface vehicle(s) in motion.
POPEYE 1. Flying in clouds or an area of reduced visibility.
R
2. * Reduced EO/IR visibility due to atmospherics.
[type] ** [A/S] Communicates sensor posture type (offensive,
U

POSTURE defensive, or neutral) by the JTAC to assets. Does not imply


the FRIENDLY ground forces’ tactical situation.
SCAN [A/S] Search sector indicated and report any CONTACTS.
AT

SLANT ** References number of people or objects noted at specified


location (men/women/children). For example, in response to a
request for SLANT on a target building: “SLANT 4/6/4.”
SQUIRTER ** [A/S] [S/S] A ground-borne object of interest departing the
objective area.
N

STATUS 1. [A/A] Request for an individual’s tactical situation.


[phase] 2. * [A/A] [A/S] Request for amplifying information on current
G

task or aircraft state. e.g., respond with WORKING,


JONESING, CONTACT, CAPTURE, TARGETED, LOCKED,
CLEAN, ENGAGED, FUEL (RED/YELLOW/GREEN),
SI

WEAPON (RED/YELLOW/GREEN) ready or plain English.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 77


CUI
CUI

Table 57. Sensor Tasking Brevity Terms (Cont’d)


Term Definition
TRACK 1. ** [A/A] GROUP or CONTACTS direction of flight or
[direction] movement.
2. ** [A/S] [S/S] Directive call assigning responsibility to an
asset for maintaining sensor or visual observation of a defined
object or area.

T
3. ** [A/S] Rotary-wing directive call to establish race track
(e.g., “Taz 31, TRACK left).
4. ** [A/S] [AIR-MAR] Information call stating direction of

AF
vehicle or CONTACT in motion (e.g., TALLY TECHNICAL
TRACK Northwest).
TRACKING or 1. * [EW] [S/A] IR lock-on.
[system] 2. * Enemy air defense system is maintaining situational

R
TRACKING awareness on FRIENDLY.
Legend:
EOB—electronic order of battle IR—infrared

D
EO—electro-optical JTAC—joint terminal attack controller
IAW—in accordance with
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

78 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 58. Digitally Aided Close Air Support Brevity Terms


Term Definition
AUTOCAT Any communications relay using automatic retransmissions.
CHECK DATA Reference specified medium for message traffic (Internet
[source] relay chat, J28.2, etc.).
CHECK TIDS ** Directive or descriptive call to reference data link display
and may be followed by amplifying information.

T
DATA [object, Data link message concerning an object at stated location.
position]

AF
DONORIZE(D) ** Aircraft data has been input into the host aircraft as a flight,
team, or donor to enable target and/or data sharing among
tactical data link participants.
FOREST ** Variable message format network.
INDEX ** Unique number assigned to a tactical data link J12.6

R
message to differentiate between more than one POINT or
MARKPOINT (e.g., “SCREWTOP 23, POINT INDEX 2 is
disabled vehicle”).

D
JACKAL Surveillance Network Participating Group 7 (NPG 7) of Link
16 tactical information data link (TADIL-J).
KICK * Change radio or data link to a specified net or frequency,
[appropriate
E
typically used for an unplanned change in frequency (e.g.,
frequency] CHATTERMARK). Also see PUSH.
MARKPOINT Data link non-designated geographic point of interest (J12.6
R
SID 9 message).
[type] POINT Data link sensor point or track of interest, such as the J12.6
U

SID 10 data link message.


** CONTACT POINT: Indicates the aircraft has acquired the
track of interest TRACK NUMBER on their data link.
AT

** DROP POINT: Data link target sorting message is no


longer needed or desired.
** HOLD POINT: Maintain weapons quality track data.
** SHOOT POINT: Directive call to shoot data link targeting
message; does not imply targeting responsibility.
N

** TARGET POINT: Target the referenced data link TARGET


sorting message. (Example: “IRON FOUR, TARGET IRON
G

ONE’S POINT”).
SKIP IT Directive call for a specific platform to not engage the
indicated track. Usually followed with further directions.
SI

SOUR 1. (mode/type) [A/A] [S/A] Invalid or no response to an


administrative IFF or selective ID feature check.
2. (link name) (e.g., "TIMBER SOUR") Potential problems
with net entry; initiates pre-mission link troubleshooting.
(Opposite of SWEET)

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 79


CUI
CUI

Table 58. Digitally Aided Close Air Support Brevity Terms (Cont’d)
Term Definition
SWEET 1. [A/A] [S/A] (mode, type) Valid response to an
administrative IFF or selective ID feature check request.
2. (link name) (e.g., TIMBER SWEET) Confirms receipt of
data link information.
3. Equipment indicated is operating efficiently.

T
(Opposite of SOUR; cancels SICK, BENT).
TIMBER [E/W] Link 16 Network.
ZAP Request for data link information.

AF
Legend:
IAW—in accordance with IFF—identification, friend or foe
ID—identification

R
Table 59. Electromagnetic Warfare Brevity Terms
Term Definition

D
BAY * [EW] Carry out deception plan indicated or in accordance
with (IAW) previous orders.
BUZZER **[EW] Electromagnetic communications jamming.
E
Note: Same as NATO term, CHATTER.
CANYON [EW] Use electromagnetic jamming on radar frequency
R
indicated or IAW previous orders or informative call for
execution electromagnetic attack (EA) list or EA against
designated group.
U

CLAM 1. [EW] Cease emissions on specified equipment.


2. * [EW] Directive or informative call that jamming has
AT

stopped on current assignment. Assumed when COLD.


JAM [EW] Directive call to initiate jamming.
MUSIC *[A/A] Radar electromagnetic deceptive jamming.
POND [EW] Carry out jamming plan indicated or IAW previous
orders.
N

SEAD ** [A/S] Directive call to execute prebriefed suppression of


enemy air defenses (SEAD) contracts.
G
SI

80 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix C
LASER OPERATIONS
1. Laser Designation Zones
Figure 15 depicts the optimal laser designation attack zones and safety zone.
2. Rotary-wing HELLFIRE Designator Safety Zone

T
a. Each HELLFIRE variant’s total designator exclusion zone is made up of the
intersection of its vertical component above the shooter-to-designator line, and a

AF
horizontal component which extends outwards from the gun-shot line (GSL).
Designator must obey either the horizontal or the vertical exclusion zone guideline to
prevent being detected by the seeker; i.e. if the designator is in violation of the
horizontal exclusion zone, it must be above the vertical exclusion zone line. See
table 60 for the corresponding horizontal and vertical exclusion depending on

R
HELLFIRE variant.
Table 60. HELLFIRE Exclusion Zones

D
HELLFIRE Variant Horizontal Exclusion Zone Vertical Exclusion Zone
HF-I (A-F, FA) ±43 degrees either side GSL 40 degrees
HF-II (All K, M, N variants) ±43 degrees either side GSL 34 degrees
R (without target message) ±43 degrees either side GSL 34 degrees
R (with target message
E
±30 degrees either side GSL & ±30
degrees either side GTL
34 degrees

Legend:
R
GSL—gun-shot line HF—HELLFIRE
GTL—gun-target line
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 15. HELLFIRE Remote Designator Exclusion Zone


08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 81
CUI
CUI

b. The designator shall have a clear, unobstructed line of sight to the target. Take
care to ensure the designator line of sight is unobstructed across the entire path of a
moving target during the time of missile flight to impact.
c. Airborne designators must ensure they are outside the HELLFIRE designator
safety zone.
d. When joint terminal attack controllers (JTAC) ground lase for laser Joint Direct
Attack Munition (LJDAM), the JTAC range-to-target should be 1,300m or greater, the

T
commanded weapon impact angle be set to 60 degrees or greater, and the release
heading offset from the JTAC line of site to the target (JTAC offset) be between 20

AF
and 60 degrees.

WARNING
Infrared (IR) pointers or laser sources should not be used as the

R
sole source for target marking or verification. Attack aircraft may
confuse an IR pointer or laser energy source with the intended
target. When using IR pointers or lasers to mark a target, include

D
“IR POINTER” or “LASER” in the marks portion (line 7) of the
close air support briefing. Joint terminal attack controllers (JTACs)
also should provide the pointer-target line or laser-target line in
E
degrees magnetic from the energy source to the target. JTACs
should use a discrete target mark whenever possible.
R
U

CAUTION
To minimize the possibility of laser guided weapons tracking to the
laser source, laser target designator lenses should be clean and
AT

as free from obscuration as practical.


N
G
SI

82 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U

Figure 16. Laser Designation and Optimal Attack Zones


3. Laser Communications Examples
AT

The following paragraphs provide examples for their recommended brevity terms used
during laser operations. The brevity code clarification is found in appendix B, Brevity.
a. Example 1. Ground- or airborne-based, delay lase for a fixed-wing (FW) delivered
laser-guided bomb (LGB).
N

(1) Assumption 1: The attacking aircraft is delivering the LGB bomb on


coordinate (BOC), target location and laser coordination conducted as part of the
G

attack brief, and the laser designator is guiding the LGB with a delay lase.
(2) Assumption 2: The attacking aircraft’s call sign is Viper 11 and the laser
SI

designator’s call sign is Lightning 33. The weapon time of flight (TOF) is 30
seconds and the laser code is 1688.
(a) Laser designator: “Lightning 33, CAPTURED, 1688 SET.”
(b) Attacking aircraft: “1 AWAY, 30 seconds.”
(c) Attacking aircraft: “10 seconds.”
(d) Attacking aircraft: “LASER ON.”
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 83
CUI
CUI

(e) Laser designator: “Lightning LASING 1688.”


(f) When weapon impact is observed, laser designator: “SPLASH.”
b. Example 2. Ground- or airborne-based, continuous lase for a FW delivered LGB.
(1) Assumption 1: The attacking aircraft is delivering the LGB via BOC. The
target location and laser code coordination were conducted as part of the attack
brief and the laser designator is guiding the LGB with a continuous lase.

T
(2) Assumption 2. The attacking aircraft’s call sign is Viper 11 and the laser
designator’s call sign is Broadsword 22. The weapon TOF is 30 seconds and the

AF
laser code is 1688.
(a) Laser designator: “Broadsword 22, CAPTURED, 1688 SET.”
(b) Laser designator: “Viper 11, proceed inbound heading 300-330, laser-to-
target line (LTL) 340, call for LASER”.

R
(c) Attacking aircraft: “Viper 11, 10 seconds”.
(d) Attacking aircraft: “Viper 11, 1 AWAY, 30 seconds, Broadsword 22

D
LASER ON”.
(e) Laser designator: “Broadsword 22, LASING 1688”.
(f) When weapon impact is observed, laser designator: “SPLASH”.
E
c. Example 3. Laser handoff.
R
(1) Assumption 1: The target location has been coordinated.
(2) Assumption 2: The laser designator’s call sign is Broadsword 22 and Viper 11
is the aircraft receiving the laser handoff. The laser code is 1688.
U

(a) Laser designator: “Viper 11, proceed inbound heading 300–330, LTL 340,
call for LASER”.
AT

(b) Aircraft receiving laser handoff: “Viper 11, 10 seconds”.


(c) Aircraft receiving laser handoff: “Broadsword 22, LASER ON”.
(d) Laser designator: “Broadsword 22, LASING 1688”.
N

(e) Aircraft receiving laser handoff: “Viper 11, SPOT” (add “CEASE LASER” if
designation is complete).
G

(f) Aircraft receiving laser handoff: “Viper 11, CEASE LASER” when
designation is complete (if not completed with the “SPOT” call).
SI

(g) Aircraft receiving laser handoff: “Broadsword 22, CEASE LASER”.

84 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix D
AIRCRAFT-DELIVERED MUNITIONS DESCRIPTIONS
1. Unguided Bombs
a. Mk-82/BLU-111: 500-pound (lb) general purpose (GP) bomb. BLU-111 uses a
thermally protected body. Effects: blast, fragmentation, and limited cratering.

T
b. BLU-126: 500 lb, thermally protected, low collateral damage bomb (LCDB) (6%
explosive fill of BLU-111). Effects: Limited blast and fragmentation.

AF
c. BLU-129: 500 lb, very low collateral damage, precision lethality bomb. Carbon-
fiber composite for low fragmentation with a multiphase blast explosive for high
lethality. It is the explosive equivalent of a Mk-82.
d. Mk-83/BLU-110: 1,000 lb GP bomb. BLU-110 uses a thermally protected body.

R
Effects: blast, fragmentation, and cratering.
e. BLU-109: 2,000 lb, penetrator, protected, GP bomb. Effects: cratering and hard-
target penetration.

D
f. Mk-84/BLU-117: 2,000 lb GP bomb. BLU-117 uses a thermally protected body.
Effects: blast, fragmentation, and cratering.
E
2. Guided Bombs
a. Inertially Aided Munitions (IAMs). These are precision, all weather, inertial
R
navigation system (INS)/Global Positioning System (GPS)-guided bombs that use an
onboard INS. GPS inputs to the INS reduce the munition’s INS drift during time of
flight to reduce the miss distance.
U

Note: In a contested, degraded, and operationally limited environment, GPS signals


may be degraded or denied. In these circumstances, GPS-aided INS munitions are
AT

capable of using only their INS (no GPS inputs) which may reduce accuracy. The
magnitude of accuracy degradation depends on munition type and weapon time of
flight.
b. Depending on the attacking platform, multiple IAMs may be dropped on the same
N

or different targets in a single pass.


(1) GBU-31 (v)1 Joint Direct Attack Munition (JDAM) with a Mk-84 bomb body.
G

(2) GBU-31 (v)2: JDAM is identical to the (v)1 with a BLU-117 bomb body.
(3) GBU-31 (v)3: JDAM with a BLU-110 bomb body.
SI

(4) GBU-31 (v)4: JDAM is identical to the (v)3 for use by the United States Navy
(USN) and United States Marine Corps (USMC).
(5) GBU-32 (v)1: JDAM with a Mk-83 bomb body.
(6) GBU-32 (v)2: JDAM is identical to the (v)1 with a BLU-110 bomb body.
(7) GBU-38 (v)1: JDAM with a Mk-82 bomb body.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 85


CUI
CUI

(8) GBU-38 (v)2 and (v)3: JDAM is identical to the (v)1 with a BLU-111 bomb
body and minor differences in guidance sets.
(9) GBU-38 (v)4: JDAM with a BLU-126 LCDB body.
(10) GBU-38 (v)5: JDAM with a BLU-129 carbon-fiber bomb body.
(11) GBU-39/B small diameter bomb (SDB): This is a 250 lb class weapon
effective against fixed or stationary targets with some penetration capability. As a

T
standoff weapon, the SDB may climb in altitude after release to assume its glide
profile. The weapon’s flight path may present deconfliction problems depending
on the airspace coordinating areas in place.

AF
(12) GBU-39A/B focused-lethality munition (FLM): A multiphase blast version for
decreased collateral damage. It replaces the steel warhead with a composite
case to minimize fragments.
(13) GBU-39B/B laser-guided SDB: Replaces the nose cone with a laser seeker

R
to provide a moving target capability and may be employed in legacy mode as a
GPS-aided, INS munition without laser updates.

D
(14) GBU-69/B: A small, glide munition; a 60-lb GPS-aided INS munition with
semi-active laser terminal guidance and a blast-fragmentation warhead. It is
effective against stationary and moving personnel and soft-skinned vehicles with
E
point detonate, height of burst, and delay options.
c. Paveway II Series.
R
(1) GBU-10: Laser-guided, free-fall weapon with a 2,000 lb Mk-84 or BLU-117
bomb body. Laser codes are only preflight selectable (code 1511-1788).
U

(2) GBU-12: Laser-guided, free-fall weapon with a 500 lb Mk-82, BLU-111, or


BLU-129 bomb body. Laser codes are only preflight selectable.
(3) GBU-16: Laser-guided, free-fall weapon with a 1,000 lb Mk-83 or BLU-109
AT

bomb body. Laser codes are only preflight selectable.


(4) GBU-48 Enhanced Paveway II: Dual-mode laser/GPS-aided INS free-fall
weapon using the 1,000 lb Mk-83 bomb body.
N

(5) GBU-49 Enhanced Paveway II: Dual-mode laser/GPS-aided INS free-fall


weapon using the 500 lb BLU-133 bomb body (similar to the Mk-82).
(6) GBU-50 Enhanced Paveway II: Dual-mode laser/GPS-aided INS free-fall
G

weapon using the 2,000 lb Mk-84 or BLU-109 bomb body.


(7) GBU-51: Laser-guided, free-fall GBU-12 kit with a BLU-126 LCDB body.
SI

(8) GBU-58: Laser-guided, free-fall weapon with a 250 lb Mk-81 bomb body.
Laser codes are only preflight selectable.
d. Paveway III Series.
(1) GBU-24: A 2,000 lb class weapon with a BLU-109, Mk-84, or BLU-116
advanced unitary penetrator (munition) (AUP) bomb body. Laser codes are only

86 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

preflight selectable. The AUP is a 2,000 lb class bomb with twice the penetration
capability of the BLU-109. The BLU-116 is used by the USN.
(2) GBU-27: A GBU-24 modified to fit into internal aircraft bays.
(3) GBU-28: A 5,000 lb penetrating weapon used with a BLU-113 or BLU-122
bomb body. The GBU-28A/B includes laser-only guidance while later variants
include dual-mode laser/GPS-aided INS guidance.

T
e. Paveway IV. This is a dual mode, 500 lb weapon using INS/GPS-aided INS
guidance with terminal laser guidance. It is fully programmable in-flight for impact
angle, azimuth, and fuze settings. The weapon uses a modified Mk-82 bomb body

AF
enhanced for greater penetration effects over a baseline Mk-82.
f. Laser Joint Direct Attack Munition (LJDAM). This is a multimode weapon
(including guidance via GPS) that uses GPS-aided INS guidance along with
coordinate refinement through laser updates. It may be used as a legacy JDAM

R
GPS-aided INS, only, without laser updates. LJDAM can hit high speed, moving
targets.

D
(1) GBU-54 (v)1 and (v)2: Mk-82/BLU-111 bomb body.
(2) GBU-54 (v)3 and (v)4: BLU-126 LCDB body.
(3) GBU-54 (v)5: BLU-129 carbon fiber bomb body.
3. Guided Missiles
E
a. AGM-65 (Maverick). Designed for striking armor and a variety of tactical targets,
R
including moving vehicles. Maverick provides standoff ranges of up to 10 nautical
miles (nm).
U

(1) Guidance:
(a) Television (A, B, H, K); infrared (IR) (D, F, G); Maverick seeker locks onto
AT

the target prior to release and guides autonomously.


(b) Laser (E, E2, L).
(2) Warhead: A 125 lb shaped charge jet and blast (A, B, D, H) or a 300 lb
penetrator/blast-fragmentation (E, F, G, K, L).
N

b. AGM-84 Standoff Land-attack Missile.


(1) AGM-84E: Designed to provide day, night, and adverse weather precision
G

strike capability against land targets and ships in port. GPS-aided INS, IR
terminal guidance coupled with automated target recognition, and man-in-the-
loop control.
SI

(2) AGM-84H/K: Standoff land-attack missile-expanded response (SLAM-ER).


An intermediate range of over 150 nm.
c. AGM-88 Antiradiation Missile.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 87


CUI
CUI

(1) AGM-88B/C: High-speed antiradiation missile (HARM). A supersonic missile


designed to seek and destroy radar-equipped air defense systems (range over 40
nm).
(2) AGM-88E: An advanced antiradiation guided missile. Updated guidance and
control using millimeter-wave seeker and GPS-aided INS.
(3) AGM-88F: High-speed antiradiation missile control section modification.
Updated GPS-aided INS navigation, improved target hit probability, and flight

T
controls.
d. AGM-114 (HELLFIRE). Laser- or radar-guided air-to-ground missile.

AF
(1) AGM-114A/B/C/F/K: Shaped charge warheads designed for use against
armored vehicles.
(2) AGM-114F/A, AGM-114K-2A: Shaped charge warhead with a fragmentation
sleeve.

R
(3) AGM-114L: Millimeter-wave radar guided, shaped-charge warhead
compatible with the AH-64D/E Apache. All-weather capable.

D
(4) AGM-114M: Blast-fragmentation warhead with delay fuze only.
(5) AGM-114N/N-6: A thermobaric blast-fragmentation warhead with a metal
augmented charge. It is designed to kill by overpressure and overtemperature in
E
confined spaces. Delay fuze only.
(6) AGM-114P/P-2A: Similar to K/K-2A except with updated guidance for
R
employment from remotely-piloted aircraft (RPA).
(7) AGM-114P+: Two variants currently employed. Capable of RPA off-axis
U

employment. They are designed for structures, armor, light vehicles, and
personnel and incorporate R-model guidance with other warheads.
AT

(a) P-4A: Shaped-charge warhead with a fragmentation sleeve.


(b) N-4: Blast-fragmentation warhead with metal augmented charge.
(8) AGM-114R: A multi-purpose, programmable fuze, integrated blast,
fragmentation-sleeve warhead. Updated guidance over AGM-114P with capability
N

for RPA high off-axis attacks. Designed for structures, armor, vehicles, and
personnel.
G

(a) R-2: R-model guidance with an updated warhead adding a height-of-burst


sensor and user-programmable variable delays.
(b) R-9E: Identical to the R-2 except the precursor warhead is replaced with
SI

a height of burst assembly. The weapon contains a fragmenting steel case


with an internal, tungsten sleeve.
(c) R-9H: The same as the R-9E except it incorporates a reduced amount of
explosives in the warhead.
e. AGM-154 Joint Standoff Weapon (JSOW). Low observable, all-weather 1,000 lb
class of air-to-ground glide weapons. It has a modular payload assembly designed
88 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

to attack armored vehicle columns, surface-to-air weapon emplacements, and


personnel.
(1) Guidance.
(a) AGM-154A and B: GPS-aided INS.
(b) AGM-154C (USN only): INS/GPS-aided INS with IR seeker and precision-
automated target acquisition.

T
(2) Warheads.
(a) AGM-154A: 145 BLU-97 bomblets.

AF
(b) AGM-154B: 6 BLU-108s (24 skeets).
(c) AGM-154C: BLU-111 or Broach.
f. AGM-158 Joint Air-to-surface Standoff Missile (JASSM). A precision cruise missile

R
designed for launch from outside area defenses to destroy hardened, soft, and area
targets. AGM-158A offers ranges greater than 200 miles. Guidance includes
imaging, IR, and radar. AGM-158B, JASSM-extended range (ER), offers ranges

D
greater than 500 miles.
g. AGM-176 (Griffin). Subsonic, air-ground missile with GPS-aided INS, or semi-
active laser terminal homing and includes a blast-fragmentation warhead. It is
E
designed for personnel and soft-skinned targets.
h. AGM-179A Joint Air-to-ground Missile (JAGM). The JAGM is the joint force
R
replacement for the air-launched HELLFIRE and Maverick families of missiles.
JAGM uses a multimode seeker to provide precision point, active fire-and-forget,
and passive fire-and-forget targeting. It is designed for armored vehicles, thin-
U

skinned vehicles, maritime patrol craft, structures, field fortifications, and personnel.
i. Brimstone. A low-collateral, dual-mode missile based on a HELLFIRE body and
AT

uses laser or millimeter-wave radar for terminal guidance. It is optimized for moving
targets and small groups of personnel.
4. Guns
a. 7.62-millimeter (mm) Mini-Gun (GAU-17). Target practice (TP), armor-piercing
N

(AP), tracer.
b. .50 caliber (GAU-21). TP, AP, armor-piercing incendiary (API), and tracer.
G

c. 20 mm (M197). AP, high explosives (HE), and incendiary.


d. 20-mm Gatling. TP, high explosives incendiary (HEI), API, target practice-tracer
SI

(TP-T), high explosive incendiary-tracer (HEI-T), penetrator with enhanced lateral


efficiency.
e. 30 mm (M230 Cannon AH-64). TP, semi-armor-piercing high-explosive
incendiary (SAPHEI), shaped charge, and fragmentation.
f. 30-mm Gatling (GAU-8 on A-10C). 1.5 lb projectile TP, HEI, API, or combat mix
(combined HEI-API).

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 89


CUI
CUI

g. 30 mm (M44 on AC-130J). TP, PGU-13D/B HEI and PGU-46/B HEI.


h. 105 mm (AC-130J). TP, HE and HE high fragmentation with variable fuzing.
5. Rockets
a. AGR-19/AGR-20 Guided Rocket. Advanced Precision Kill Weapons System
(APKWS) adds a laser guidance kit to the 2.75 inch, wrap-around, folding fin aircraft
rocket. This weapon can be employed from rotary-wing and fixed-wing aircraft and is

T
capable of striking stationary and moving targets.
b. Unguided rockets (2.75 inch rocket warheads).

AF
(1) High Explosives.
(a) M-151: 10 lb HE; fuzes: point detonating (PD) and time delay (TD).
(b) M-146/229: 17 lb HE; fuzes: PD, TD.

R
(c) M-261: Multipurpose submunition (MPSM); fuze: airburst; nine shape
charge/fragmentation submunitions.

D
(d) M-282: Multipurpose penetrator used for military operations for urbanized
terrain applications or on hardened structures; equivalent to M-229 with TD
fuzing and a hardened penetrator nose cone.
(2) Illumination.
E
(a) M-257: Overt illumination, 1 million candlepower; average a 120-second
(sec) burn.
R
(b) M-278: Covert (near IR) illumination (.7–1.1 microns) 1,000 candlepower,
average 180-second burn.
U

(3) Flechettes (all are airburst).


(a) M-255A1: 1,179, 60-grain flechettes (United States (US) Army).
AT

(b) WDU-4A/A: 2,200, 20-grain flechettes (USMC and US Air Force).


(c) M-149: 1,179 60-grain flechettes (USMC).
(4) Phosphorus.
N

(a) Mk-67 mod 1: Smoke, red phosphorous (RP).


(b) Mk-67 mod 0: Smoke, white phosphorus (WP).
G

(c) M-156: WP (used for target marking).


(d) M-264: RP (smoke screening), airburst.
SI

(5) Training.
(a) M-274: TP (a practice M-151).
(b) M-267: TP (a practice M-261/MPSM warhead).
6. Cluster Munitions

90 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Note: Cluster bomb unit (CBU) bomblet density and dispersion will vary based on
weapon release parameters, submunition spin rate, and weapon dispersal parameters.
See individual munition technical manuals for specific information.
a. Mk-20 and CBU-99/100 (USN). Effective against armor, personnel, artillery, and
other material targets. It dispenses 247 Mk-118 mod 0/1 bomblets in an oval pattern.
b. CBU-78 Gator (USN). A Rockeye dispenser loaded with 60 submunition mines.
There are 45 BLU-91/B antitank and 15 BLU-92/B antipersonnel mines in each

T
weapon. Submunitions must be set to one of three self-destruct times: T1 (3.2–4.0
hours), T2 (38.2–48.0 hours), and T3 (288–360 hours).

AF
c. CBU-87/B Combined Effects Munitions. Dispenses 202 BLU-97 bomblets (same
as the JSOW) with a shaped charge for armor, steel-scored liner for fragmentation,
and incendiary ring.
d. CBU-89/B Gator. This is a stores release and SUU-64 tactical munitions

R
dispenser loaded with a mixture of 72 BLU-91/B antiarmor and 22 BLU-92/B
antipersonnel mines with preset self-destruct times.

D
e. CBU-97/B Sensor-fuzed Weapon. A SUU-64 with an airbag dispensing system
and 10 BLU-108/B submunitions. This cluster weapon is dropped over an area with
vehicles. The fuze sensors detect heat and fires at the engine of the vehicles.
E
f. Wind-corrected Munitions Dispenser (WCMD). A modified tail kit that allows
cluster munitions to be dropped as inertially aided munitions for improved accuracy.
R
(1) CBU-103: Consists of a CBU-87 with a WCMD.
(2) CBU-104: Consists of a CBU-89 with a WCMD.
U

(3) CBU-105: Consists of a CBU-97 with a WCMD.


(4) CBU-107 passive-attack weapon: This is a mixture of inert kinetic energy
AT

penetrators (i.e., 364 large, 1,004 medium, and 2,406 small rods).
7. Illumination Flares
a. LUU-2 Flare. Parachute flare with a 4 minute burn time at an average of 1.6
million candle power.
N

b. LUU-19 Covert Flare. Parachute flare with a burn time of approximately 7


minutes in the IR spectrum.
G

8. Weapon Pairings
Table 61 provides recommended target-to-weapon pairings.
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 91


CUI
CUI

Table 61. Recommended Target-Weapon Pairings


Targets Recommended Ordnance Options1
Radars SDB Brimstone
JDAM Maverick
AGM-88 APKWS

T
HELLFIRE (Blast/FRAG) JASSM/JSOW
Soft targets, static HELLFIRE (all variants) LGB2
vehicles, aircraft Maverick JDAM2

AF
in the open Brimstone Guns: SAPHEI
Griffin APKWS
LJDAM2
Moving vehicles HELLFIRE (all variants) LGB2

R
Maverick Guns: SAPHEI
Brimstone APKWS
Griffin LJDAM2

D
Armored vehicles: HELLFIRE (shaped charges) CBU-87/97/103/105
tanks, APCs Maverick Guns: 30 mm API
Brimstone LJDAM2
Personnel: LJDAM2 Griffin
Individuals/small LGB2
E APKWS
groups SDB HELLFIRE (Blast/FRAG)
R
Brimstone Guns: HEI
2
Personnel: Large LJDAM CBU
group LGB2 GP2
U

JDAM2
Buildings3 JDAM 2
LGB2
AT

LJDAM2 SDB
GP2
Artillery/fixed AAA LJDAM2 Brimstone
in the open LGB2 Maverick
2
JDAM GP
N

HELLFIRE (all variants) Guns: SAPHEI


2
Hardened position JDAM HELLFIRE (Blast/FRAG)
targets in LJDAM2 HELLFIRE (shaped charges)
G

revetments Maverick Brimstone


Guns: SAPHEI
SI

2
Self-propelled LJDAM JDAM2
2
SAM and AAA LGB Maverick
Brimstone HELLFIRE (all variants)
SDB

92 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 61. Recommended Target-Weapon Pairings (Cont’d)


Targets Recommended Ordnance Options1
Notes:
1. Consider the aircraft type, aiming system, delivery mode, threat, required
employment time and weather considerations (such as ceilings and visibility) when
selecting the appropriate weapon for the tactical situation.
2. Assume all LGBs, LJDAMs, JDAMs, and GPs (except SDB) use 500-pound

T
class, or higher, bomb bodies.
3. Building construction types can vary greatly among structures. Material

AF
composition and construction techniques will directly impact weapon effectiveness.
Legend:
AAA––antiaircraft artillery JDAM—Joint Direct Attack Munition
APC—armored personnel carrier JSOW—joint standoff weapons
API—armor-piercing incendiary LGB—laser-guided bomb

R
APKWS—Advanced Precision Kill LJDAM—laser Joint Direct Attack
Weapon System Munition
CBU—cluster bomb unit SAM—surface-to-air missile

D
FRAG—fragmentation (USMC) SAPHEI—semi-armor-piercing
GP—general purpose high-explosive incendiary
HEI—high explosive incendiary SDB—small diameter bomb
E
JASSM—joint air-to-surface standoff
missile
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 93


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

94 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix E
DIGITALLY AIDED CLOSE AIR SUPPORT OPERATIONS
This appendix contains digitally aided close air support (DACAS) tables to be used by
personnel when conducting DACAS operations.
1. Planning Considerations
a. Link 16. Table 62 shows a list of items required for successful DACAS system

T
communication and data exchange when using Link 16.

AF
Table 62. Link 16 Requirements
1. Call sign 6. Joint voice channel
2. Joint Tactical Information 7. Network timing reference (NTR) or external
Distribution System unit (JU) timing reference (ETR)
3. Track block 8. Timing parameters

R
4. Fighter channel 9. Network design load (NDL)/initialization data
load (IDL)/joint network load

D
5. Control channel 10. Correct crypto
b. Situation awareness data link (SADL). SADL-required settings for successful
DACAS system communication and data exchange are listed in table 63.
E
Table 63. SADL Requirements
1. Call sign 6. Guard channel
R
2. Joint Tactical Information 7. Network shape
Distribution System unit (JU)
3. Track block 8. Flight positions
U

4. Air key 9. Correct crypto


5. Gateway key 10. Gateway or air-to-air mode
c. Variable Message Format (VMF). Table 64 shows a list of items required for
AT

successful DACAS system communication and data exchange when using VMF
over combat net radio (CNR).
Table 64. Variable Message Format (VMF) Requirements
N

1. Call sign 5. Unit reference number (URN)


2. Subnet mask 6. Timing parameters
3. Internet protocol address 7. Correct crypto
G

4. Link address
SI

Note: For example PT/CT default IDLs go to the Joint Staff APAN site at:
https://wss.apan.org/js/jointfiresdivision/DACASCI/DACASCI/Reference/Initialization%2
0Data%20Loads

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 95


CUI
CUI

d. Table 65 depicts standard data link series messages.


Table 65. Standard Joint Series Data Messages
J-Series Messages K-Series Messages
J2.0 Indirect interface unit PPLI K01.1 Free text
J2.2 Air PPLI K02.27 CAS request
J2.5 Land point PPLI K02.28 CAS BDA report
J2.6 Land track PPLI K02.31 Mission request rejection

T
J3.5 Land or point track K02.32 CAS request acceptance
J11.1 Net Enabled Weapons K02.33 CAS aircrew briefing

AF
J12.0 Mission assignment K02.34 AOS/OSR
J12.6 Target sorting K02.35 Aircraft departing initial point
Aircraft attack position and
J13.0 Airfield Status K02.57
target designation

R
Air platform and system CAS aircraft final attack
J13.2 K02.58
status control
Request for aircraft attack

D
J15.0 Threat Warning K02.59 position and target
designation
J16.0 Imagery K04.1 Observation report
J28.2 Text message K04.17 Image transfer
E K05.1 Position report
Legend:
R
AOS—aircraft on station OSR—on-station report
BDA—battle damage assessment PPLI—precise participant location
CAS—close air support and identification
U

2. Execution
a. Tables 66-68 depict DACAS mission flow cadences between the joint terminal
AT

attack controllers (JTACs), aircrew, and joint fires observers (JFOs).


b. Assumption. Aircrew and JTACs will be prepared to revert to voice for terminal
attack control if DACAS techniques become less efficient, degraded, or inoperative.
N
G
SI

96 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 66. DACAS: VMF over CNR Format


Phase Who Tx Action
 Establish initial voice contact.
Aircrew V
1. Routing and  Advise, “FOREST SWEET”.
safety of flight  Transmit routing and safety of flight.
JTAC V
 Request aircrew send OSR/AOS.
 Send OSR/AOS (K02.34) and FTM (K01.1), if

T
Aircrew D
2. CAS aircraft needed.
check in1  Transmit, “OSR/AOS received, standby
JTAC V

AF
situation update”.
JTAC D  Send FTM (K01.1), (K05.1), and (K04.1).
3. Situation
update  Transmit, “Situation update received, ready for
Aircrew V
game plan”.
 Transmit game plan.

R
4-6. Game Plan, JTAC V
CAS brief,  Transmit, “Standby for CAS brief”.
remarks, and JTAC D  Send (K02.33) and (K05.1).

D
restrictions Aircrew D  Send WILCO or CANTCO.
 Designate target coordinates.
Aircrew D
 Send K02.57.
7. Readbacks 2 JTAC
E
V  Transmit, “Good K02.57, readback restrictions”.
Aircrew V  Read back restrictions.
JTAC V  Transmit, “Good readback”.
R
 BOT: Refer to K02.57 to correlate.
8. Correlation3 JTAC D
 BOC: K02.57 satisfies system readback.
U

 Send DPIP (K02.35).


Aircrew D/V
 Or transmit, “IP inbound”.
 Send single K02.59 request to view aircraft
AT

9. Attack JTAC D
attack position and direction.
Aircrew V  Transmits “IN” call.
JTAC V  Transmit clearance or abort.4
 Assess weapon effects.
N

10. Assess JTAC V


 Transmit, “Standby BDA”.
 Send CAS BDA report (K02.28).
G

JTAC D/V  Send FTM (K01.1) if final mission report.


11. BDA5
 Or, transmit BDA.
Aircrew V  Confirm receipt of BDA.
SI

12. Routing and  Transmit routing and safety of flight.


JTAC V
safety of flight

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 97


CUI
CUI

Table 66. DACAS: VMF over CNR Format (Cont’d)


Notes:
1. Upon receipt of aircraft check in (K02.34) the JTAC’s ground kit auto-learns CAS
aircraft’s VMF addressing information. If the K02.34 is not received, the JTAC
should send a single K02.59 request; broadcast an FTM (K01.1); or verbally
request, “send check in”.
2. The K02.57 is the most accurate representation of elevation and target location

T
and satisfies a digital readback of lines 4 and 6 for BOT and BOC.
Note: When MGRS is selected for display in aircraft systems or ground kits,

AF
translation may cause small rounding errors in the 5th or 10th digit. The user can
choose to reference lat/long to confirm accuracy.
3. The JTAC can track multiple aircraft with a broadcast or multicast K02.59 but
should coordinate with aircrew over voice. If this technique is used, the JTAC should

R
send a cancel K02.59 prior to ingress and terminal phases. Continuous data bursts
on the TAD net from continuous K02.59s can disrupt voice and data
communications and should not be used during ingress and terminal phases.

D
4. An additional digital clearance may be sent using a CAS air final attack message
(K02.58). Refrain from sending this if attack will be disrupted.
5. Some aircraft require BDA (K02.28) to close a mission assignment. JTAC
E
ensures K02.59 is terminated to stop tracking the aircraft.
Legend:
R
AOS—aircraft on station JTAC—joint terminal attack
BDA—battle damage assessment controller
BOC—bomb on coordinate lat/long—latitude and longitude
U

BOT—bomb on target MGRS—military grid reference


CAS—close air support system
AT

CNR—combat net radio OSR—on-station report


D—digital TAD—tactical air direction
DPIP—departing initial point Tx—transmission
FTM—free text message V—voice
IP—initial point VMF—variable message format
N
G
SI

98 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 67. DACAS: SADL or Link 16 Format


Phase Who Tx Action
JTAC V  Transmit routing and safety of flight.
1. Routing and Aircrew V  Confirm routing and safety of flight.
safety of flight1,2  Send [type] point for threats via target sorting
JTAC D
message (J12.6).
 Confirm aircraft system status: ordnance and

T
D
fuel (J13.2).
JTAC
 Transmit, “I have your PPLI, go with remainder
2. CAS aircraft V

AF
3 of check in”.
check in
 Transmit remainder of check in (i.e., laser,
Aircrew V
VDL, abort).
JTAC V  Confirm receipt of check in.
JTAC D  Send situation update via FTM (J28.2).

R
Aircrew V  Transmit, “Situation update received”.
3. Situation  Send [type] point, target sorting message

D
JTAC D
update4 (J12.6).
D  Hook and save target sorting message (J12.6).
Aircrew
V  Transmit, “Ready for game plan”.
4–6. Game Plan,
V
E
 Transmit game plan, 9 line, remarks, and
CAS brief, restrictions.
JTAC
remarks,
R
D  Send MA (J12.0), if able.
restrictions5
 Match [type] point.
U

D  Send the target sorting message (J12.6) to the


Aircrew
7. Readbacks6 target.
V  Read back restrictions.
AT

JTAC V  Transmit, “Good point and readback.”


JTAC D  BOT: Correlate matched point or sensor point.
8. Correlation7
Aircrew V  BOC: Transmit system readback.
 Aircrew voice transmits “IP inbound,” if
N

Aircrew V requested.
9. Attack
 Aircrew voice transmits, “IN” call.
JTAC V  Transmit clearance or abort.
G

 Assess weapons effects.


10. Assess JTAC V
 Transmit, “Standby BDA.”
V  Transmit BDA.
SI

8
11. BDA JTAC
12. Routing and JTAC V  Transmit routing and safety of flight.
safety of flight

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 99


CUI
CUI

Table 67. DACAS: SADL or Link 16 Format (Cont’d)


Notes:
1. Aircrew should donorize JTAC’s JU number. If donorized, the aircraft can receive
the JTAC’s targets or digital reference points. The JTAC publishes PPLI (J2.X) and
transmits the routing and safety of flight.
Note: Aircrew should ensure JMPS load enables J2.6 land track PPLI selection. If
unable, the JTAC ground system must be configured to publish friendly location as an

T
air PPLI (J2.2), to be donorized.
2. The points (J12.6) should be submitted to C2 for land point/track (J3.5) conversion

AF
to enhance the situational awareness for all participants.
3. By selecting the desired aircraft in the ground system, the JTAC can view the
aircraft’s PPLI containing ordnance, fuel in pounds, and system status with an air
platform and system status (J13.2) message.

R
4. JTAC may choose to send a preplanned situation update code with a FTM (J28.2)
prior to aircraft check in. The aircrew will advise receipt of the situation update code.
The JTAC may publish multiple digital reference points. Aircrew may hook each [type]

D
point and target sorting message (12.6), confirm points via voice, and transmit each
[type] point and index number back to the JTAC.
E
WARNING
The target sorting message (J12.6) should only be used to designate targets
R
and NOT for friendly positions. Not all aircraft can differentiate digital reference
points.
U

5. For systems that use the FTM (J28.2) 9-line, JTACs may omit the voice 9-line.
SADL-capable JTACs may send digital 9-lines if the aircraft can receive an
AT

untruncated MA (J12.0). Control message exchanges may be required. Link 16


capable JTACs should refer to target point, index number, and target description as
lines 4–6 during the voice 9-line. If using a digital reference point derived from a third
party contributor, index number and call sign may be used as a mark in line 7.
6. For BOT only, the matched point satisfies digital readback of lines 4 and 6. The
N

matched point is the most accurate representation of elevation and target location.
The JTAC retains the right to request verbal readbacks of lines 4 and 6 derived from
G

[type] point/index number. Aircrew shall readback the coordinate using either the
lat/long or MGRS format. Read back of the index number by itself does not satisfy this
requirement.
SI

100 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 67. DACAS: SADL or Link 16 Format (Cont’d)


Note: When MGRS is selected for display in aircraft systems or ground kits,
translation may cause small rounding errors in the 5th or 10th digit. The user can
choose to reference lat/long to confirm accuracy.
7. A target sorting message (J12.6) matching or confirming the aircraft’s sensor point
satisfies correlation. The JTAC refers to the [type] point and index number. For

T
example, “Storm 41, match target point, index 6”.
8. Aircrew will close out or update the target status if using MA (J12.0). After
attacking a target, JTACs will unpublish [type] points/index numbers. Index numbers

AF
will be repeated if cancelled or deleted from the kit.
Legend:
BDA—battle damage assessment JU—Joint Tactical Information
BOC—bomb on coordinate Distribution System unit

R
BOT—bomb on target MA—mission assignment.
C2—command and control MGRS—military grid reference

D
CAS—close air support system.
D—digital PPLI—precise participant location
FTM—free text message and identification.
IP—initial point SADL—situation awareness
JMPS—Joint Mission Planning
E data link
System Tx—transmission
JTAC—joint terminal attack V—voice
R
controller VDL—video downlink
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 101


CUI
CUI

Table 68. DACAS: JFO Integration using Line of Sight Communication1


Phase Who Tx Action
 Contact the JTAC on a precoordinated
V
network.
 Send own location with position report
D (K05.1), observer lineup, and a situation update
JFO and JTAC JFO FTM (K01.1).

T
coordination 2
 Send the target location using a CAS brief
D
(K02.33) or observation report (K04.1).

AF
 Send or voice transmit lines 7, 8, remarks, and
D/V
restrictions via FTM (K01.1).
JTAC V  Confirm target information for CAS briefs.
D  Send K02.57.
Aircrew
V  Read back restrictions.

R
CAS briefing and
D  BOT: Reference K02.57 to correlate targets.
correlation3, 4
JFO  BOC: System readback satisfied by K02.57 or
D/V

D
by voice.
Aircrew V  Transmit, “IP inbound”, if requested.
 Send a single K02.59 request to view aircraft
JTAC D
Clearance5, 6 attack position and direction.
E
Aircrew V  Transmit “IN” call.
JTAC V  Transmit clearance or abort.
R
 Assess weapons effects.
V  Transmit “Standby BDA”, once attack is
Weapons effects,
U

JFO complete.
assessment, and
 Send CAS BDA via K02.28 (multicast to JTAC
BDA D
and aircrew).
AT

Aircrew V  Confirm receipt of BDA.


Routing and  Transmit routing and safety of flight.
JTAC V
safety of flight
N
G
SI

102 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 68. DACAS: JFO Integration using Line of Sight Communication (Cont’d)
Notes:
1. The message traffic configuration for the JFO and engagement authority should be
unicast to the JTAC. JTAC should multicast to all CAS participants (JFO,
engagement authority, and aircrew) and the aircrew should broadcast to all CAS
participants. JFO continues to monitor the assigned networks and the ground kit as
the JTAC coordinates with CAS aircraft.

T
2. Some systems allow the JTAC to modify a K02.33 or K04.1 to generate their own
digital 9-line. The JFO should label each target brief (i.e., target brief A, B, etc.) if

AF
there are multiple desired points of impact.
3. The K02.57 is the most accurate representation of elevation and target location.
The JTAC retains the right to request verbal readback of elevation and target location
derived from the K02.57. Verbal readbacks can be accomplished using either lat/long

R
or MGRS format, as requested by the JTAC. If monitoring the strike net with a ground
kit, the engagement authority also will receive a K02.57 from the aircraft to determine
attack approval.

D
4. The JFO should provide target correlation and may use the K02.57 as a starting
point. If the JTAC is conducting target correlation, the JFO must advise all CAS
participants, over voice, of any updates to targeting information or friendly positions.
E
5. The JTAC K02.59 aids ground participants in determining aircraft attack position
and ensures the aircrew is still designated onto the correct target. Pilot action is not
R
required.
6. An additional digital clearance may be sent using a CAS air final attack (K02.58)
message. There is no intention to disrupt the critical phase of attack with a digital
U

clearance.
Legend:
AT

BDA—battle damage assessment JFO—joint fires observer


BOC—bomb on coordinate JTAC—joint terminal attack
BOT—bomb on target controller
CAS—close air support MGRS—military grid reference system
D—digital Tx—transmission
N

FTM—free text message V—voice


IP—initial point
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 103


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

104 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix F
GENERAL INFORMATION
1. Joint Tactical Air Strike Request
Joint Publication (JP) 3-09.3, Close Air Support, prescribes Department of Defense
(DD) form 1972, Joint Tactical Air Strike Request (JTAR), for use at battalion level and
above, to submit air support requests when automated request systems are not

T
available. DD Form 1972 is available at:
http://www.esd.whs.mil/Directives/forms/dd1500_1999.

AF
Note: DD Form 1972, shown in figure 16, was adopted from JP 3-09.3. Detailed
preparation instructions can be found in the joint publication. Command and control
agencies provide sections II and III.
2. Collateral Damage

R
For detailed information on collateral damage estimation (CDE) methodology, refer to
Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Instruction (CJCSI) 3160.01D, No-Strike and the

D
Collateral Damage Estimation Methodology. Classified collateral damage tables can be
found on the Air Land Sea Space Application Center’s classified website at:
https://intelshare.intelink.sgov.gov/sites/alsa.
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 105


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

Figure 17. DD Form 1972

106 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

3. Conversion Tables
Use table 69 to calculate the number of minutes and seconds it will take an aircraft to go
from the initial point to the target at various ground speeds. Ground speed is airspeed
adjusted for winds at altitude. Table 70 shows aircraft run-in speeds and table 71 shows
ground speed and time conversions. Table 72 converts meters to feet for use on 9-line
briefings and table 73 shows target location error (TLE) categories.
Table 69. Aircraft Speed and Time Conversions

T
GS km/
10 km 12 km 14 km 16 km 18 km 20 km 22 km 24 km
(knots) min

AF
60 1.9 5:24 6:30 7:42 8:36 9:42 10:48 11:54 13:00
80 2.5 4:06 4:54 5:42 6:30 7:18 8:06 8:54 9:42
90 2.8 3:36 4:18 5:00 5:48 6:30 7:12 7:54 8:36
110 3.4 2:54 3:30 4:06 4:42 5:18 5:54 6:30 7:06

R
120 3.7 2:42 3:12 3:48 4:18 4:54 5:24 5:54 6:30
150 4.6 2:12 2:36 3:00 3:30 3:54 4:18 4:48 5:12

D
270 8.3 1:12 1:24 1:42 1:54 2:12 2:24 2:36 2:54
300 9.3 1:06 1:18 1:30 1:42 1:54 2:12 2:24 2:36
330 10.2 1:00 1:12 1:24 1:36 1:48 2:00 2:12 2:24
360 11.1 0:54 1:06 1:18
E 1:24 1:36 1:48 2:00 2:12
420 13.0 0:48 0:54 1:06 1:12 1:24 1:30 1:42 1:54
R
450 13.9 0:42 0:54 1:00 1:12 1:18 1:24 1:36 1:42
480 14.8 0:42 0:48 0:54 1:06 1:12 1:24 1:30 1:36
510 15.7 0:36 0:48 0.9 1:00 1:06 1:18 1:24 1:30
U

540 16.7 0:36 0:42 0:48 1:00 1:06 1:12 1:18 1:24
nm conversion 5.4 nm 6.4 nm 7.5 nm 8.6 nm 9.7 nm 10.8 nm 11.9 nm 13 nm
AT

Legend:
GS—ground speed min—minute
km—kilometer nm—nautical miles
N

Table 70. Aircraft Run-in Speeds


Ground Ground Ground
Aircraft Aircraft Aircraft
G

Speed Speed Speed


A-10 270–350 B-1 440–540 MH-60 60–120
AC-130J 150–270 B-2 400–460 MQ-1B/C 40–100
SI

AH/UH-1 60–120 B-52 380–440 MQ-9 80–220


AH-6 60–90 Fighters 420–540 RQ-5 65–70
AH-64 60–120 KC-130J 150–200 RQ-7B 65–70
Note: Ground speed is expressed in knots.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 107


CUI
CUI

Table 71. Ground Speed (GS) and Time Conversions


GS GS
1 mi 5 mi 10 mi 20 mi 30 mi 40 mi
(mph) (kph)
5 00:12:00 01:00:00 02:00:00 04:00:00 06:00:00 08:00:00 8
10 00:06:00 00:30:00 01:00:00 02:00:00 03:00:00 04:00:00 16
15 00:04:00 00:20:00 00:40:00 01:20:00 02:00:00 02:40:00 24
20 00:03:00 00:15:00 00:30:00 01:00:00 01:30:00 02:00:00 32

T
25 00:02:24 00:12:00 00:24:00 00:48:00 01:12:00 01:36:00 40
30 00:02:00 00:10:00 00:20:00 00:40:00 01:00:00 01:20:00 48

AF
35 00:01:43 00:08:34 00:17:09 00:34:17 00:51:26 01:08:34 56
40 00:01:30 00:07:30 00:15:00 00:30:00 00:45:00 01:00:00 64
45 00:01:20 00:06:40 00:13:20 00:26:40 00:40:00 00:53:20 72
50 00:01:12 00:06:00 00:12:00 00:24:00 00:36:00 00:48:00 80

R
55 00:01:05 00:05:27 00:10:55 00:21:49 00:32:44 00:43:38 89
60 00:01:00 00:05:00 00:10:00 00:20:00 00:30:00 00:40:00 97

D
65 00:00:55 00:04:37 00:09:14 00:18:28 00:27:42 00:36:55 105
70 00:00:51 00:04:17 00:08:34 00:17:09 00:25:43 00:34:17 113
1.6 km 8 km 16 km 32 km 48 km 64 km
.87 nm 4.3 nm
E
8.7 nm 17.4 nm 26.1 nm 34.8 nm
Legend:
GS—ground speed mi—mile
R
km—kilometer mph—miles per hour
kph—kilometers per hour nm—nautical mile
U
AT
N
G
SI

108 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 72. Distance Conversion Table


Meters Feet Meters Feet Meters Feet
25 82 525 1,722 1,025 3,362
50 164 550 1,804 1,050 3,444
75 246 575 1,886 1,075 3,526
100 328 600 1,968 1,100 3,608

T
125 410 625 2,050 1,125 3,690
150 492 650 2,132 1,150 3,772

AF
175 574 675 2,214 1,175 3,852
200 656 700 2,296 1,200 3,936
225 738 725 2,378 1,225 4,018
250 820 750 2,460 1,250 4,100
275 902 775 2,542 1,275 4,182

R
300 984 800 2,624 1,300 4,264
325 1,066 825 2,706 1,325 4,346

D
350 1,148 850 2,788 1,350 4,428
375 1,230 875 2,870 1,375 4,510
400 1,312 900 2,952 1,400 4,592
425 1,394
E
925 3,034 1,425 4,674
450 1,476 950 3,116 1,450 4,756
R
475 1,558 975 3,198 1,475 4,838
500 1,640 1,000 3,280 1,500 4,920
Notes:
U

1 meter = 3.28 feet.


1 statute mile (5,280 feet) = 1,610 meters.
AT

1 nautical mile (6,076 feet) = 1,852 meters.

Table 73. TLE Categories


Target Location Error Circular Error
Circular Error (Feet)
N

Category (CAT) (Meters)


CAT I 0–20 0–6
G

CAT II 21–50 7–15


CAT III 51–100 16–30
SI

CAT IV 101–300 31–91


CAT V 301–1,000 92–305
CAT VI >1,000 >305
Note: All error predictions are 90 percent confidence.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 109


CUI
CUI

4. Radio Frequency Bands


Table 74 contains a list of frequency bands commonly used in military applications.

Table 74. Frequency Band Descriptions


Band Designator Frequency Range
HF 2–30 megahertz
VHF 30–300 megahertz

T
UHF 300–3000 megahertz
L 1–2 gigahertz

AF
S 2–4 gigahertz
C 3.7–4.2 gigahertz
X 9–12 gigahertz
Ku 12–18 gigahertz

R
K 18–27 gigahertz
Ka 27–40 gigahertz

D
Legend:
HF—high frequency UHF—ultrahigh frequency
VHF—very high frequency
5. Surface-to-air Threat Capabilities
E
Table 75 provides unclassified range and altitude capabilities of specific surface-to-air
threats. For detailed threat information and mission planning resources, refer to own
R
unit’s intelligence personnel or classified Service manual (e.g., Air Force Tactics,
Techniques, and Procedures 3-1v1, Threat Reference Guide and Counter Attacks).
Table 76 lists common air defense threat capabilities.
U
AT
N
G
SI

110 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 75. Surface-to-air Missile Threat Capabilities


Maximum Minimum
Effective Effective Altitude Associated
System Guidance Remarks
Range Range (feet) Radars
(nm/km) (nm/km)
Blowpipe 1.9/3.5 0.3/0.5 - CLOS - MANPADS
Crotale/ 15/28 8.1/15 49ft–18 k Radar TRS 2630 Wheeled, 4 missile

T
Shahine launcher
CSA-1 16/30 3.8/7 10 k-72 k Radar Gin Sling HQ-2; Similar to SA-2

AF
CSA-2 5.4/10 1.6/3 33 k Radar Fog Lamp HQ-61
CSA-3 2.4/4.4 0.4/0.8 8k IR - HN-5; MANPADS
CSA-4 5.9/11 0.3/0.5 20 k Radar - HQ-7 (FM-80/FM-90)
CSA-5 4.3/8 - 15 k IR - PL-9
CSA-6 9.7/18 - - Radar Falcon Claw HQ-6

R
CSA-7 2.7/5 0.3/0.5 100ft-13 k IR - QW-1; MANPADS;
similar to SA18
CSA-8 3.2/6 0.3/0.5 33ft-12 k IR - QW-2; MANPADS;

D
Improved ECCM –
dual band seeker
CSA-9 108/200 6.5/12 10 k-66 k Radar Tiger Paw HQ-9; Similar to SA-
20
CSA-10 3.0/5.5 0.3/0.5
E
49ft-13 k IR - FN-6; MANPADS
CSA-11 2.7/5 0.3/0.5 33ft-13 k IR - QW-18; MANPADS
R
CSA-12 27/50 - 1 k-82 k Radar Spark Rain HQ-12/KS-1
CSA-13 3.2/6 0.3/0.5 - IR - DY/TY-90; Trailer
mounted
U

CSA-14 3.2/6 - 33ft-13 k IR - FN-16; MANPADS;


Newer FN-6
AT

CSA-15 6.5/12 - 20 k Radar - HQ-17; Copy of SA-


15
CSA-16 22/40 - 300ft – 33 k Radar Egg Roll HQ-16; Similar to SA-
17
CSA-20 54/100 - 160ft-89 k Radar Spark Storm HQ-22/FK-3; Similar
N

to SA-10
CSA-21 162/300 - 10 k-66 k Radar Brew Paw HQ-9B; Similar to SA-
21
G

CSA-23 27/50 1.6/3 100ft-66 k Radar Egg Drop Sky Dragon 50/DK-10
Hawk 21.6/40 0.8/1.5 197ft–58 k Radar AN/NPQ 46
SI

HERZ-9 6.5/12 - - Radar - Wheeled SHORAD


IR-SA-1 27/50 - - Radar - Ra’d-1; Similar to SA-
6
IR-SA-2 24/45 - 89 k Radar Big Mat / Hot Sayyad-2
Head
IR-SA-3 54/100 - 82 k Radar Swan Song 3rd of Khordad; 3
missile types

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 111


CUI
CUI

Table 75. Surface-to-air Missile Threat Capabilities (Cont’d)


Maximum Minimum
Effective Effective Altitude Associated
System Guidance Remarks
Range Range (feet) Radars
(nm/km) (nm/km)
IR-SA-4 65/120 - 98 k Radar Big Check
IR-SA-5 40/75 * 82 k Radar Fire Rock Tabas; Looks like
SA-11

T
IR-SA-8 24/45 - - Radar Mersad Mersad
Misagh 3.2/6 0.3/0.5 33ft-13 k IR - MANPADS; Similar

AF
1-3 to SA-16/18
Mistral 1- 3.2/6 - - IR - MANPADS
3
QW-3 4.3/8 0.1 13ft-17k Laser - MANPADS; Mistral
Guided Copy

R
QW-19 2.7/5 0.3/0.5 49ft-13 k IR - MANPADS;
Upgraded CSA-11

D
RBS-70 4.3/8 0.1/250m 17 k LBR - MANPADS
Roland II 4.3/8 0.3/0.5 33ft-18 k Radar Thomson-
CSF
SA-2f 18.4/34 5.4/10 1.6 k–98 k Radar Fan Song Area defense
SA-2d 23.2/43 4.3/7
E
1.3 k–98 k Radar Fan Song Area defense
SA-3 13/24 2/3.5 100ft–46 k Radar Low Blow Area defense, 2/4
R
rail launcher
SA-5 162/300 3.8/7 1.0k–114 k Radar Square Pair High speed, high
altitude, HVAA
U

threat
SA-6 13.4/25 2/4 100ft–46 k Radar Straight Flush Tracked, 3-missile
launcher
AT

SA-7 2.3/4.2 0.2/1.2 82ft–7.5 k IR MANPADS, tail only


SA-8 5.5/10 0.8/1.5 90ft–16.5 k Radar Land Roll 6-wheeled vehicle
SA-9 2.3/4.2 0.4/0.8 98ft–11.5 k IR BRDM-2, 4 missile
canisters
N

SA-10 40/75 2.7/5 33ft–82 k Radar Flap Lid S-300P; Cruise


missile defense
SA-11A 17/32 1.6/3 49ft-72 k Radar Fire Dome Buk-M1; Tracked,
G

4-missile launcher
SA-11B Radar Fire Dome Buk-M1-2
SA-12A 40/75 4/7 820ft–98 k Radar Grill Pan S-300V; High-
SI

performance, anti-
ARM
SA-12B 54/100 7/13 2.0 k–98 k Radar Grill Pan S-300V; Standoff
jamming aircraft
threat

112 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 75. Surface-to-air Missile Threat Capabilities (Cont’d)


Maximum Minimum
Effective Effective Altitude Associated
System Guidance Remarks
Range Range (feet) Radars
(nm/km) (nm/km)
SA-13 2.7/5 0.3/0.6 32ft–11.5 k IR Snap Shot MT-LB chassis,
tracked
SA-14 3.2/6 0.3/0.6 165ft–19.7 k IR MANPADS, all

T
aspect
SA- 6.5/12 0.8/1.5 50ft–19.6 k Radar Scrum Half TOR-M; Mobile, SA-

AF
15A/B 8 follow on
SA-15C- Radar Scrum Half TOR-M2; Upgrade
E to SA-15
SA-16 2.7/5 0.27/0.5 0ft–11.5 k IR MANPADS,
improved SA-14

R
SA-17 17/32 1.6/3 49ft–82 k Radar Fire Dome Buk-M2; Mobile,
SA-11 follow on
SA-18 2.8/5.2 0.26/0.5 32ft–11.5 k IR MANPADS, SA-16

D
follow on
SA- 6.5/12 0.5/1 16ft–26.2 k IR/DF Hot Shot Mobile, mounted on
19/2S6 2S6
SA- 108/200 2.69/5
E
32ft–88.5 k Radar Tomb Stone S-300PMU-1;
20A/B Mobile, SA-10
follow on
R
S-20C/D 108/200 1.6/3 33ft-92 k Radar Tomb Stone S-300PMU-2;
Upgrade to SA-20
SA-21 215/400 1.1/2 33ft–88.5 k Radar Grave Stone S-400; Long range
U

area defense
SA-22 10.8/20 0.53/1 16ft–49 k IR/ Snap Shot Pantsir-S1; Mobile,
AT

Radar wheeled or tracked


SA-23 215/400 - 82ft-99 k Radar Grill Screen S-300VM/V4; Long
range area defense;
C-TBM; Tracked
SA-24 4.3/8 0.53/1 32ft–11.5 k IR - MANPADS, SA-18
N

follow on
SA-25 5.4/10 0.7/1.3 33 k Laser - SOSNA; SA-13
replacement
G

SA-26 15.1/28 1.8/3.5 60ft–65.6 k Radar Low Jack Area defense, 2/4
rail launcher
SA-27 38/70 1.3/2.5 49ft-114 k Radar MeanBack Buk-M3; Mobile SA-
SI

11/17 follow on;


active seeker option
SA-29 3.5/6.5 0.3/0.5 33ft-15 k IR - Advanced
MANPADS
SAHAN 2.3/4.2 0.2/0.4 82ft-16.4k IR - MANPADS; SA-7
D-3 copy

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 113


CUI
CUI

Table 75. Surface-to-air Missile Threat Capabilities (Cont’d)


Maximum Minimum
Effective Effective Altitude Associated
System Guidance Remarks
Range Range (feet) Radars
(nm/km) (nm/km)
SAKR 2.3/4.2 0.2/0.4 82ft-16.4k IR - MANPADS; SA-7
EYE copy
Stinger 4/7.4 2.2/4.1 0-9.8 k IR - MANPADS,

T
Basic effective against low
altitude, high speed

AF
Note: *primary unclassified source - https://odin.tradoc.army.mil/WEG
Legend
ARM—antiradiation missile MANPADS—man-portable air defense
DF—direction finding system

R
HVAA—high-value airborne asset MT-LB—multipurpose light-armored
IR—infrared towing vehicle
k—thousand nm—nautical mile

D
km—kilometer
LBR—laser beam rider
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

114 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 76. Air Defense Artillery Threat Capabilities


Maximum
Barrel(s) Tactical
Horizontal
System x Caliber Range Radar Remarks
(km)/
(mm) (km/feet)
Vertical (feet)
2S6 4 x 30 4.0/13,100 8.3/20,300 Yes Tracked with 8 x SA-19
KS-12A, 1 x 85 10.2/33,500 15.5/33,500 Yes 4 wheel, towed

T
M1939/1944
KS-19/KS-1A 1 x 100 13.7/45,000 21.0/49,200 Yes Towed

AF
M1985 2 x 57 4.0/13,100 12.0/28,900 Yes Tracked vehicle
M38/M46 1 x 12.7 1.0/3,300 7.9 /13,800 No Tripod mounted heavy
machinegun
M53/M59 2 x 30 3.0/9,800 9.7 /, 20,700 No Large, 8-wheel vehicle
S-60/Type 59 1 x 57 6.5/21,300 12.0/30,800 Yes 4-wheel, towed

R
Type 80 1 x 57 5.5/18,000 12.0/28,900 Yes Tracked vehicle
Twin 37 2 x 37 4.0/13,100 8.0/22,000 Yes Tracked T-69 chassis
ZPU-1/2/4 1/2/4 1.4/4,600 6.3/15,100 No Towed or armored

D
x 14.5 personnel carrier (APC)
mounted
ZSU 23-4 4 X 23 2.5/8,200 7.0/16,400 Yes Tracked vehicle
ZSU 57-2 2 x 57
E
4.0/13,100 12.0/30,800 No Tracked vehicle
ZU-23 2 x 23 2.0/6,600 7.0/16,700 No Towed or APC mounted
Note: All radar-capable systems can be fired optically.
R
Legend:
km—kilometer mm—millimeter
U

6. Surface-to-surface Threat Capabilities.


a. Tables 77-80 provide unclassified range capabilities of specific surface-to-surface
AT

threats.

Table 77. Antitank Guided Missile Threats


System Max Range (kilometers)
Kornet-E Launcher 5
N

Starstreak-SL AD 8
AT-5B 4
G

AT-11 5
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 115


CUI
CUI

Table 78. Indirect Fire Threats


System Caliber (mm) Max Range (km)
2B9 82 5
D-30 122 15.3
2S1 (SP) 122 15.3
2S3M (SP) 152 17.4
2S5 (SP) 152 28.4

T
2S19M1 (SP) 152 24.7
Type-83 152 30.4

AF
2A65 152 29
2S30 (SP) 155 41
G5/G6 155 30
M1978/M1989 170 40

R
Legend:
km—kilometer SP—self-propelled
mm—millimeter

D
Table 79. Multiple Launch Rocket System Threats
System Caliber (mm) Max Range (km)
9A51/Prima
E122 20.5
BM-21-1 122 20.4
R
Type 63-1 60 1.5
Legend:
km—kilometer mm—millimeter
U

Table 80. Tanks and Armor Threats


AT

System Caliber (mm) Max Range (km)


T-55 100 4
T-72BM 125 5
T-80B 125 5
N

T-90A 125 5.2


Type 96 125 5
G

Type 98/99A2 125 3


Type-90 (Al Khalid) 125 5
Legend:
SI

km—kilometer mm—millimeter

116 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix G
MEDICAL AND CASUALTY EVACUATION, LANDING ZONE, AND
AIRDROP OPERATIONS
1. Medical Evacuation and Casualty Evacuation
a. Medical evacuation (MEDEVAC) is the movement of wounded to and between
medical treatment facilities on dedicated and properly marked medical platforms with

T
enroute care provided by medical personnel.
b. Casualty evacuation (CASEVAC) is the movement of casualties aboard

AF
nonmedical vehicles or aircraft without enroute care.
Note: For Geneva Convention provided to aircraft conducting MEDEVAC see Joint
Publication 4-02, Joint Health Services.

R
c. Table 81 contains MEDEVAC or CASEVAC capabilities. Table 82 is the standard
9-line evacuation request. This request is used for both CASEVAC and MEDEVAC
request as per JP 4-02.

D
Table 81. Medical and Casualty Transport Capabilities
Type Configuration Litters Ambulatory
HH-60M Maximum (max) litter 6 0
E
Max ambulatory (deviation)1 0 (+1 to 3) 6 (-3)
Medical UH-60 with Max litter 4 0
R
Evacuation IMMSS Max ambulatory (deviation)1 0 (+1 or 2) 4 (-2)
UH-72 Max litter (deviation)1 2 (-1) 0 (+3)
Max ambulatory 0 6
U

UH-60 Standard 2 4
Max litter 3 1
Max ambulatory 0 11
AT

UH-1 Standard 2 6
Max litter 6 0
Casualty CH-47 Standard (max ambulatory) 0 31
Evacuation Max litter (deviation) Note 16 (-2) 0 (+3)
CH-53 Standard 0 20
N

Max litter (deviation) Note 24 (-4) 0 (+3)


Max ambulatory 0 31
G

V-22 Standard (max ambulatory) 0 12


Max litter (deviation) Note 12 (-3) 0 (+5)
Note:
SI

Removing litters adds more ambulatory capacity and vice versa. For example, to apply CH-47’s 16 (-2)
litter and (+3) ambulatory deviation; configurations could be 12 litters/6 ambulatory, 10/18, or variable
other configuration. Listed deviations are quick approximations. Verify specific load guidance with the
aircrew.
Legend:
IMMSS—interim MEDEVAC mission support system

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 117


CUI
CUI

Table 82. 9-Line Evacuation Request


Line Item Explanation
Location of pickup. Grid coordinates using the military grid reference system
(commonly referred to as MGRS) of the pickup site should be
sent by secure communications. To prevent confusion, the grid
1
zone letters are included in the message. Follow standard
operating procedure for encryption of grid if using unsecure
communications.

T
Radio frequency, call Frequency of the radio at the pickup site, not a relay frequency.
2 sign, and suffix (if used). The call sign of the person to be contacted at the pickup site

AF
may be transmitted in the clear.
A—Urgent.
Number of patients by B—Urgent-surgery.
precedence. C—Priority.
3 D—Routine.

R
E—Convenience.
If two or more categories must be reported in the same request,
insert the word “BREAK” between each category.

D
A—None.
Special equipment B—Hoist.
4
required. C—Extraction equipment.
D—Ventilator.
5
Number of patients by
E
Litter + number of patients (Litter).
type. Ambulatory + number of patients (Ambulatory).
N—No enemy in the area.
R
(Wartime) P—Possible enemy in the area, use caution.
Security of pickup site E—Enemy in the area, approach with caution.
6 X—Enemy in the area, armed escort required.
U

(Peacetime) Specific information regarding patient wounds by type (ex:


Number and type of gunshot or shrapnel). Report serious bleeding, along with
wound, injury, or illness. patient blood type if known.
AT

A—Panels.
Method of markings B—Pyrotechnic signal.
7 pickup site. C—Smoke (color).
D—None.
E—Other.
N

The number of patients in each category need not be


Patient nationality and transmitted.
status. A—United States (US) military
G

8 B—US citizen
C—Non-US military
D—Non-US citizen
SI

E—Enemy prisoner of war


(Wartime) C—Chemical.
Contamination B—Biological.
(only if required). R—Radiological.
9
N—Nuclear.
(Peacetime) Describe obstacles and prominent features around the landing
Terrain description. site (e.g., lake, tower).

118 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

2. Landing Zone (LZ) Operations


a. LZ Considerations. Consider the following criteria for all helicopter/tiltrotor LZs.
(1) Look for a level area clear of debris and obstacles (especially power lines)
within a 50 meter radius, free of excessive loose dirt and dust.
(2) If the LZ is on a road, ensure traffic from both directions is cordoned from the
entry into the LZ, even if the LZ is on only one section of a divided highway or on

T
a one-way road.
(3) Ensure the area is checked, swept, and clear of improvised explosive

AF
devices.
(4) Use the following markings.
(a) Day. Use a VS-17 panel. Add smoke once directed by the aircrew.
(b) Night. Use an infrared (IR) strobe; “buzz-saw” or inverted “Y” with IR or

R
red chemlights only (aviation night vision googles will not detect blue or green
chemlights).

D
Note: Keep signalmen clear of the LZ and aircraft until directed otherwise by the
aircrew.
b. Table 83 shows helicopter and tiltrotor LZ considerations.
E
Table 83. Helicopter or Tiltrotor LZ Considerations
R
Landing Zone (LZ) Size
Aircraft
(Length x Width) feet Remarks
Type
Single Ship Two Ship
U

Narrow footprint; requires


AH-1/64 100 x 100 200 x 200
a smooth, flat surface.
A/OH-6, Require a smooth, flat
AT

65 x 65 130 x 130
H-6 surface.
H-47 120 x 120 240 x 240 Large rotor wash.
H-53 200 x 300 300 x 400 Large rotor wash.
H-60 100 x 100 200 x 200 Large rotor wash.
N

UH-1 100 x 100 200 x 200


135 x 110 (Contingency) 340 x 170 (Visual)
170 x 170 (Visual) 740 x 240 (RVL - Significant rotor wash.
G

CV-22
240 x 240 (dust-out min. 500’ between Brown-out conditions
(RVL)) landing points) should be anticipated.
135 x 110 (Day) 270 x 110 (Day) Numbers listed are for
SI

MV-22 185 x 160 (Night) 370 x 160 (Night) brown-out conditions.


245 x 245 (RVL) 640 x 370 (RVL)
Note: Service or unit standard operating procedures or aircrew proficiency may
require adjusting the LZ size.
Legend:
min—minimum RVL—reduced visibility landing

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 119


CUI
CUI

c. Helicopter or Tiltrotor LZ Brief. Table 84 is used to inform aircraft about a


particular zone.
Table 84. Helicopter or Tiltrotor (LZ) Brief
LZ NAME or LOCATION:
GRID/ELEVATION:
SIZE (FEET):
MARKED BY:

T
LANDING HEADING/DIRECTION:

AF
APPROACH FROM:
LAND:
DEPART TO:

FORMATION (TRAIL, ECHELON L/R, ONLINE, TRAIL):

R
WINDS (DIR/SPEED):

D
*Example extract table. This does not replace the use of the assault support landing
table (ASLT) for USMC PZ operations.
CHALK 1 PAX # DOOR MARKING
LOAD
E
R
CHALK 2 PAX # DOOR MARKING
LOAD
U
AT

HAZARDS:
Obstructions:
Terrain (brownout, pinnacle, etc.):
Enemy (SALTA Report):
N

EXAMPLE CONTROLLER TO A/C PICK-UP CALLS:


“Ready for extract”
“Exfil, exfil, exfil”
G

“CASEVAC, CASEVAC, CASEVAC”

EXAMPLE LZ BRIEF FROM CONTROLLER:


SI

“Metal 41, Broadsword 14 advise ready LZ brief.”


“LZ Napier, 200x200, marked by IR pointer, approach from south, land 330 echelon
right, left door load. Winds N 5kts.”
“Chalk one 15 pax marked by IR strobe, chalk two 12 pax marked by IR buzzsaw.”
“Expect brownout, antenna 100m North of LZ, no known enemy activity.”
“Call ready for mark (smoke, rope, sparkle, etc.)”.

120 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 84. Helicopter or Tiltrotor (LZ) Brief (Cont’d)


Note:
1) Ensure LZ marking device is firmly fixed to the ground or to a stationary object
such that it will not move or lift up as a result of rotor downwash.
2) Ensure the area is checked, swept, and clear of improvised explosive devices
prior to aircraft arrival. Cleared area should include the landing area as well as the
path from the patient(s) to the aircraft. Mark the path as required.

T
Legend:
CASEVAC—casualty evacuation m—meters
DIR—direction N—North

AF
Exfil—exfiltration PAX—passengers
IR—infrared SALTA—size, actions of enemy, location, time,
kts—knots actions of friendly forces
L/R—left/right PZ—pickup zone
LZ—landing zone USMC—United States Marine Corps

R
3. Airdrop Planning Considerations

D
a. Try to find a large open area with access to friendlies. Attempt to keep friendlies
200 yards outside of the desired point of impact.
b. If able, minimize the effect of terrain on ingress and egress routing due to airlift
E
aircraft performance limitations (i.e., engine-out performance).
c. The airdrop briefing format in table 85 can be used for a high altitude or joint
R
precision aerial delivery system.
4. Fixed-Wing Tactical Landing Zone Brief (12-line)
U

The FW tactical LZ brief is a SITREP and landing clearance for cargo/CASEVAC FW


aircraft to synchronize LZ controllers and aircrew on airfield conditions for a degraded
LZ, unplanned arrival, and/or LZ control through tactical datalink. LZ controllers will
AT

assess the aircraft suitability and estimate runway condition rating (RCR) values utilizing
DAFMAN 13-217 (Table 4.1, Table 4.2, and Attachment 9). See table 86 for the FW
Tactical Landing Zone Brief.
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 121


CUI
CUI

Table 85. Airdrop Brief


Do not transmit line numbers. Units of measure are standard unless briefed.
Lines 1, 2, and 7 (restrictions only) are mandatory readbacks. The controller may
request additional readback.
Controller: “ , this is for airdrop control.”
(aircraft call sign) (controller call sign)
1. Point of impact location: “ ”

T
(MGRS, latitude/longitude; include map datum (e.g., WGS 84))
2. Point of impact elevation: “ ”

AF
(feet mean sea level)
3. Run-in course (magnetic): “ ”
4. Drop zone (DZ) visual description “ ”
(road intersection, open field north/south)

R
Point of impact marking: “ ”
(code letter, mirror, strobe, smoke)
5. Location of friendlies: “ ”

D
Position marked by: “ ”
6. Surface Winds: “ ,”
(“from 240 (magnetic) at 8 (knots)”)
E
Temperature and altimeter settings (if available): “ ”
(15° C, 29.92)
R
7. Restrictions: “ ”
Remarks (as appropriate):
U

a.Time on target: “ ” or
Time to target: “ , ready, ready, HACK”
b.Ground threats to aircraft, suppression coordinated, hazards (terrain,
AT

towers), surface winds, estimated ceiling and visibility, gun-target line,


additional friendly aircraft in the area, and egress direction.
Clearance:
Controller: “ , CLEARED to drop.”
N

(aircraft call sign)


Note: MGRS coordinates are standard.
Legend:
G

MGRS—military grid reference system


WGS 84—World Geodetic System 1984
SI

122 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 86. Fixed-Wing Tactical Landing Zone Brief (12-Line)


**IAW DAFMAN 13-217: For all operations, LZ must meet minimum requirements for MDS aircraft used**
This brief may be transmitted by voice or data. Units of measure are standard unless briefed and/or denoted.
Include imagery as time and/or conditions permit. Lines 2-6, 12, are mandatory read backs (*). The controller
may request additional read backs. CCT/STO surveyor (or Gov Civ/Ctr CCT/STO) will conduct the Tactical LZ
Survey or validate all data required below and report data to the OPCON authority as the LZ subject matter
expert. OPCON MAJCOM, air component commander, COMAFSOF, or designated authority will provide overall
operational risk management and waiver authority of the LZ data and requirements to operations.

T
Controller: “____________, this is_______for Tactical LZ Control” (voice only transmit)
(aircraft call sign) (controller call sign)

AF
1. Call Sign: “________________”
*2. Runway capability: “PCN ___” (paved) or Controlling Reading + Allowable Load and Passes “___” (semi-
prep/failed AC paved)
*3. Hazards “____________________________” (By exception, see Note)
*4. Runway Dimensions (feet): Length: “_______” Width: “______ ” Overrun: “______”

R
*5. Approach End Location: “______” MSL Elevation: ”____MSL” (MGRS, latitude/longitude)
*6. Departure End Location: “_____ ” MSL Elevation: ”____MSL” (MGRS, latitude/longitude)
7. Glideslope Ratio (From end unless displaced, primary rwy/opposite direction rwy): “____”

D
8. RWY Longitudinal Slope: “______”
(ID individual controlling slopes that affect aircraft performance in Hazards)
9. Surface: “_______________” (e.g., sand, gravel, silt, clay, asphalt, concrete)
10. Runway Condition Rating (RCR): “__________”
E
11. Surface Wind, Temperature: “________________” (ex: Wind 240(mag)/8(knots), 60°F)
*12. Restrictions: “________________________________________________________”
R
(e.g., runway in use/approach/egress directions. Tactical approaches)
REMARKS (as appropriate):
Airfield markings/Locations and sizes of taxiways, aprons/threats to aircraft/enemy threat suppression
U

coordinated/position of friendlies/hazards to ground movement (e.g., structures, terrain, towers)/airspace de-


confliction, SPACI, RFF, center point grid, cross winds, cloud ceilings, visibility.
Additional WX data: Estimated ceiling and visibility
AT

Timing:
Time on Target (TOT): “_____________” or Time to Target (TTT): “__________________ ”
NOTE: “By Exception” information includes conditions that affect aircraft performance based on 3.3. LZ
Minimums (e.g., Distresses, WBC, threshold displacements, vertical obstruction clearance violations, steep
transverse slope. Include locations.)
N

Legend:
AC—aircraft MGRS—military grid reference system
CCT—combat controller MSL—mean sea level
G

Civ—civilian OPCON—operational control


COMAFSOF—Commander, Air Force Special PCN—pavement classification number
Operations Forces RCR—runway condition rating
Ctr—contractor RFF—rolling friction factor
SI

DAFMAN—Department of the Air Force manual RWY—runway


Gov—government SPACI—semi-prepared airfield condition index
ID—identification STO—Special Tactics Officer
LZ—landing zone TOT—time on target
MAG—magnetic TTT—time to target
MAJCOM—major command WBC—weight bearing capacity
MDS—mission design series WX—weather

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 123


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

124 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix H
(CUI) COMBAT ONLY - RISK-ESTIMATE DISTANCES
*CHAPTER CONTAINS (CUI) INFORMATION

1. Background
a. Risk estimate distance (RED) values in tables 87-93 assume a 0.1% probability
of incapacitation (Pi) with serious or lethal wounds, indicating a horizontal distance

T
from the intended point of weapon impact to the closest friendly forces.
Note: (CUI) Original RED methodology and assumptions are discussed in the 2023

AF
JFIRE Risk Estimate Distances Methodology white paper. The paper is available on the
Air Land Sea Space Application (ALSSA) Center’s classified web site:
https://intelshare.intelink.sgov.gov/sites/alsa under “ALSSA Home”, MTTP Library -
JFIRE. Modeling assumptions have been updated in this 2023 JFIRE to better reflect

R
risk of injury due to blast. Understanding of the modeling assumptions is imperative to
proper usage of REDs. The following REDs supersede any previously published REDs.

D
WARNING
REDs are for COMBAT USE ONLY and represent much greater
risk than DoD approved training ranges accept. Generally, the
risks are:
E
R
REDs have Pi 0.1% = 1 in 1,000 chance of serious injury
DoD Range Safety Organizations = 1 in 1 million
U

The REDs in this document are general and may not apply to all
cases encountered on the battlefield. Commanders, controllers,
and aircrew will apply DANGER CLOSE procedures at, or inside,
AT

the ranges listed under the Standing column for air-to-surface


REDs.

b. Forward observers or joint terminal attack controllers (JTACs) will pass the
N

phrase DANGER CLOSE, during a fire mission, with the method of engagement or
the close air support (CAS) attack brief remarks. DANGER CLOSE alerts fire
direction centers, ground commanders, and aircrew of the proximity of the closest
G

friendly troops to the intended point of weapon impact. DANGER CLOSE is a


warning of the proximity of friendly forces and possibility of an increased risk to
them.
SI

Note: DANGER CLOSE does not restrict ground force maneuver or fires employment.
2. Surface-to-surface REDs
Surface-to-surface DANGER CLOSE distances are more generic than air-to-surface
distances, and are not directly tied to Pi, in most cases.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 125


CUI
CUI

WARNING
The 60-millimeter (mm) mortar (all except M1061) and 81 mm
mortar REDs were calculated assuming an observer has adjusted
fires onto the target. Unadjusted fire for effect missions may
significantly increase the 0.1% Pi distances. All other unguided
mortar, cannon, and rocket REDs are calculated assuming

T
predicted fire.

AF
Table 87. Unguided Mortar REDs
0.1% Probability of
DANGER
Incapacitation
System Description CLOSE Range

R
(meters)
(meters)
Standing Prone
M224 60-mm Mortar 600 1/3 150 140

D
(All except 2/3 155 145
M1061) Maximum 175 165
M224 60-mm Mortar 600 1/3 180 175
(M1061)
E 2/3 215 210
Maximum 240 230
M252 81-mm Mortar 600 1/3 190 175
R
(All except 2/3 210 195
M821A4) Maximum 220 205
U

M252 81-mm Mortar 1/3


M821A41 2/3
Maximum
AT

M120/ 120-mm Mortar 600 1/3 320 295


M327 (All) 2/3 340 330
Maximum 375 355
Notes:
N

1. REDs are classified and are published on the JTCG/ME Product and
Information Access.
System at https://jtcgapp.amsaa.army.smil.mil/jpias/.
G

2. All ungrayed systems and Pi are unclassified unless specifically marked as


(CUI).
Legend:
SI

CUI—controlled unclassified information Pi—probability of incapacitation


JTCG/ME—Joint Technical Coordinating RED—risk estimate distance
Group for Munitions Effectiveness

126 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 88. Unguided Cannon and Rocket REDs


0.1% Probability of
DANGER
Incapacitation
System Description CLOSE Range
(meters)
(meters)
Standing Prone
1/3 285 275
105-mm Howitzer
600 2/3 355 345

T
HE PFF (M1130)
Maximum 505 495
105-mm 1/3 360 320

AF
Howitzer HE 2/3 400 375
M119/ 600
(M1 Comp B/ 515
M119A2 Maximum 540
M760)
105-mm 1/3 330 295
Howitzer HERA 2/3 460 435

R
600
(M913 HERA/ 635
Maximum 660
M927 HERA)

D
155-mm 1/3 385 355
Howitzer HE 600 2/3 515 485
(M795/M795 IM) Maximum 730 710
155-mm 1/3 225 215
M109A6/
Howitzer DPICM
E600 2/3 295 285
(M483A1) Maximum 410 405
M109A7
R
1/3 265 260
M777A2 155-mm Howitzer
600 2/3 405 395
DPICM (M864)
Maximum 715 705
U

155-mm 1/3 380 350


Howitzer RAP 600 2/3 600 565
(M549A1 RAP) Maximum 1045 1025
AT

M142 1/3 415 410


227-mm M26A2
HIMARS/ 600 2/3 760 755
DPICM Rocket
M270A1 Maximum 1410 1405
Notes: All ungrayed systems and Pi are unclassified unless specifically marked as
N

(CUI).
Legend:
comp—composition HIMARS—High Mobility Artillery
G

CUI—controlled unclassified information Rocket System


DPICM—dual-purpose improved IM—insensitive munition
SI

conventional munitions mm—millimeter


HE—high explosives Pi—probability of incapacitation
HERA—high-explosive rocket- PFF—preformed fragmentation
assisted RAP—rocket-assisted projectile

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 127


CUI
CUI

Table 89. Precision-guided Munitions REDs


0.1% Probability of
DANGER
Fuze Incapacitation (meters)
System Description CLOSE
Type Prone
(meters) Standing Prone
Protected
SB600
SB6001 600
Switchblade

T
120 mm XM395 PD 190 140 135
M120 600
APMI Proximity 210 195 170

AF
155 mm M549A1 PD 235 180 170
600
PGK Proximity 265 260 235
155 mm PD 300 210 195
M109A6/
M795/M795 IM 600
M109A7/ Proximity 370 345 320
PGK

R
M777A2
155 mm PD 160 130 125
M982/M982A1 600
Proximity 180 155 145

D
Excalibur
M30A1 GMLRS
600 Proximity 395 395 395
AW
M31A1 GMLRS PD 225 175 160
600
Unitary
E
Proximity 235 225 200
M48 ATACMS 195 175
M142 600 PD 355
R
QRU
HIMARS/
M57 ATACMS 170 155
M270A1 600 PD 245
T2KU
U

M57A1 ATACMS 235 230


600 Proximity 270
MOD
M39A1 ATACMS
AT

600 ET 285 260 250


Block 1A
Note:
1. REDs are classified and are published on the JTCG/ME Product and Information Access
System at https://jtcgapp.amsaa.army.smil.mil/jpias/.
N

2. All Ungrayed systems and Pi are unclassified unless specifically marked as (CUI).
3. Surface-to-surface precision-guided munition risk-estimate distances are not range
dependent.
G

Legend:
HIMARS—High Mobility Artillery
APMI—accelerated precision
Rocket System
mortar initiative
SI

IM—insensitive munition
ATACMS—Army Tactical Missile
JTCG/ME—joint technical coordinating group
System
for munitions effectiveness
AW—alternative warhead
PD—point detonating (fuze)
CUI—controlled unclassified information
PGK—precision guidance kit
ET—electronically timed
Pi—probability of incapacitation
GMLRS—Global Positioning System
QRU—quick-reaction unitary
Multiple Launch Rocket System
SB—switchblade

128 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 90. Naval Gunfire REDs


DANGER 0.1% Probability of
System Description CLOSE Range Incapacitation (meters)
(meters) Standing Prone
1/3 495 460
5 inch/ 54/62 5 inch gun 750 2/3 345 325

T
Maximum 370 345

AF
Table 91. Tomahawk Land-attack Missile REDs
DANGER 0.1% Probability of Injury (meters)
System Description CLOSE
(meters) Standing Prone

R
Tomahawk 1,000 pound
land-attack unitary
750 295 265

D
missile warhead
(TLAM)
Note:
1. TLAM risk-estimate distances are not range dependent.
E
2. All Ungrayed systems and probability of injury are unclassified unless specifically
marked as controlled unclassified information (CUI).
R
3. Air-to-surface REDs
U

Aviation delivered fires are more complex than surface-to-surface fires due to the
greater variety of weapons effects and delivery conditions. Each air-to-surface weapon
will have a unique RED, which varies by release parameters, terminal ballistics, and
AT

fusing. JTACs, aircrew, and commanders will refer to the standing posture column to
determine when DANGER CLOSE procedures apply, regardless of friendly force
posture. These aviation REDs are listed in tables 92, and 93.
Note: The quick reference table in the back of the JFIRE organizes the FW REDs by the
N

Danger Close distance for rapid estimation, utilizing the source data from Tables 92.
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 129


CUI
CUI

Table 92. (CUI) Fixed-wing REDs


0.1% Probability of Incapacitation
(in meters)
Weapon Description DANGER
Prone
CLOSE/ Prone
Protected
Standing
Mk-82/BLU-111 285 185 165
500 lb GP bomb
contact (airburst) (375) (315) (265)

T
Mk-83/BLU-110 390 240 240
1,000 lb GP bomb
contact (airburst) (415) (360) (300)

AF
Mk-84/BLU-117 405 370 370
2,000 lb GP bomb
contact (airburst) (410) (390) (370)
CBU-871 CEM 245 230 225
CBU-1031 WCMD-CEM 225 210 205
GBU-10 contact 2,000 lb LGB 380 335 335

R
GBU-12 contact 500 lb LGB 270 160 150
GBU-16 contact 1,000 lb LGB 345 210 210
GBU-24/B contact 2,000 lb LGB 380 335 335

D
GBU-31 contact 380 335 335
2,000 lb JDAM
(airburst) (385) (360) (335)
2,000 lb A2K penetrator
(CUI) GBU-31v9 465 215 205
(BLU-137/B)
(CUI) GBU-31v11
E
2,000 lb ILW (BLU- 380 235 225
contact (airburst) 136/B) (390) (350) (300)
R
GBU-32 340 210 210
1,000 lb JDAM
contact (airburst) (390) (345) (330)
GBU-38 contact 270 160 145
500 lb JDAM
U

(airburst) (350) (295) (245)


185 135 120
GBU-38v4 contact 500 lb LCDB (BLU-126)
AT

GBU-38v5 contact 500 lb LCDB 145 115 115


(airburst) (BLU-129) (160) (145) (115)
(CUI) GBU-38v7 500 lb CDI ILW 225 170 160
contact (airburst) (BLU-134/B) (245) (235) (215)
(CUI) GBU-38v9 500 lb Enhanced Urban
275 155 145
N

contact Penetrator (BLU-139/B)


(CUI) GBU-38v11 500 lb Enhanced
335 175 155
contact Penetrator (BLU-140/B)
G

GBU-39/B and B/B 225 140 125


250 lb SDB
contact (airburst) (290) (225) (195)
GBU-39A/B FLM 35 35 35
SI

250 lb SDB FLM


contact (airburst) (35) (35) (35)
GBU-49 500 lb Enhanced 270 160 150
contact (airburst) Paveway II (355) (305) (280)
GBU-49 (BLU-126/B) 500 lb Enhanced 190 135 125
contact (airburst) Paveway II (245) (205) (170)

130 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 92. (CUI) Fixed-wing REDs (cont.)


0.1% Probability of Incapacitation
(in meters)
Weapon Description DANGER Prone Prone
CLOSE/ Protected
Standing
GBU-49 (BLU-129/B) 500 lb Enhanced 145 115 115

T
contact (airburst) Paveway II (160) (145) (130)
GBU-49 (BLU-133/B) 500 lb Enhanced 565 330 225
contact (airburst) Paveway II (690) (630) (515)

AF
GBU-51 contact 500 lb LCDB (BLU- 175 125 115
126)
(CUI) GBU-53/B 250 lb SDB II 185 140 125
contact (airburst) (220) (190) (165)
GBU-54 500 lb LJDAM 270 160 150

R
contact (airburst) (355) (305) (260)
GBU-54v4 500 lb LJDAM LCDB 185 135 120
contact (airburst) (BLU-126) (230) (195) (165)

D
GBU-54v5 500 lb LJDAM LCDB 145 120 120
contact (airburst) (BLU-129) (160) (150) (120)
(CUI) GBU-54v9 500 lb Enhanced 280 160 140
contact Urban Penetrator
E
LJDAM (BLU-139/B)
(CUI) GBU-54v11 500 lb Enhanced 335 175 155
R
contact Penetrator LJDAM
(BLU-140/B)
GBU-56 contact 2,000 lb LJDAM 380 335 335
U

(airburst) (385) (380) (335)


GBU-58/59 250 lb LGB 210 145 135
contact (airburst) (Mk-81) (290) (210) (195)
AT

(CUI) GBU-69 SGM 445 185 165


contact (airburst) (450) (450) (410)
AGM-653 Maverick (All) 175 115 100
AGM-84K SLAM-ER 230 180 155
BLU-109 PGM 2,000 lb penetrator 510 270 270
N

(B/B and C/B)


AGM-114 FA/K/L/ HELLFIRE 115 95 80
M/N(4/6)/P(2A)
G

AGM-114R HELLFIRE 130 100 90


AGM-114R2 HELLFIRE 145 120 110
AGM-114R9E HELLFIRE 195 140 125
SI

contact (airburst) (230) (185) (160)


AGM-114R9H HELLFIRE 155 110 100
contact (airburst) (200) (150) (130)
AGM-158A JASSM 350 170 155
AGM-176A Blk III/IV Griffin 165 110 90
contact (airburst) (255) (160) (135)

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 131


CUI
CUI

Table 92. (CUI) Fixed-wing REDs (cont.)


0.1% Probability of Incapacitation
(in meters)
Weapon Description DANGER Prone Prone
CLOSE/ Protected
Standing
AGM-179A contact JAGM 110 80 75

T
(airburst) (145) (105) (100)
Brimstone4 UK HELLFIRE 175 n/a 90
Paveway IV4 UK 500 lb LGB 480 n/a 320

AF
SBU-644 500 lb AASM+IR 200 n/a n/a
AGR-20A/B/C/D/E 2.75 inch 105 70 65
APKWS rockets rockets
(M151/282/282A2)
M151/229 2.75 inch

R
270 265 260
Unguided5 rockets
20 mm 100 90 90
FW gun5,6 25 mm or

D
100 90 80
30 mm
30 mm 100 90 80
AC-130J5,6 105 mm contact / 155 120 105
(airburst) (195) (180) (160)
Notes:
E
1. Cluster munitions are not recommended for use in proximity to friendly forces.
R
2. FLM REDs should not be used before consulting the REDs methodology paper due to unique
blast characteristics.
3. Seeker type and environmental background should be considered before use in proximity to
U

friendly forces.
4. The risk-estimate distances for the Brimstone, Paveway IV, and SBU-64 were calculated using
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization methodology.
5. Over the shoulder methodology used for guns and unguided rockets.
AT

6. Controllers must be aware of the possible gun ricochet fan.


7. All ungrayed systems and Pi are unclassified unless specifically marked as (CUI)
Legend:
A2K—advanced 2,000 pound JDAM—Joint Direct Attack Munition
AASM—advanced air-to-surface lb—pound
N

missile LCDB—low collateral damage bomb


APKWS—Advanced Precision Kill Weapon LGB—laser-guided bomb
System LJDAM—laser Joint Direct
G

CDI—cast ductile iron Attack Munition


CEM—combined effects munition mm—millimeter
CUI—controlled unclassified information PGM—precision-guided munition
FLM—focused-lethality munition Pi—probability of incapacitation
SI

FW—fixed-wing RED—risk estimate distance


GP—general purpose SDB—small diameter bomb
ILW—improved lethality weapon SGM—small glide munition
IR—infrared SLAM-ER—standoff land-attack missile
JAGM—joint air-to-ground missile expanded response
JASSM—joint air-to-surface standoff UK—United Kingdom
missile WCMD—wind-corrected munitions dispenser

132 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 93. Rotary-wing REDs


Firing 0.1% Probability of Incapacitation (meters)
Airframe/ Weapon Range DANGER CLOSE/ Prone
(meters) Prone
Standing Protected
AH-1/ 300 45 35 35
20 mm (M56)3 800 95 80 80

T
1,500 155 140 140
AH-64/ 500 55 50 50
30 mm (M789)3

AF
1,000 70 65 60
1,500 100 90 90
2.75 inch 300 110 95 90
HE rockets 800 135 115 110
(M151/229)3 1,500 170 155 150

R
2.75 inch flechette
1,000 235 235 235
(M255)3

D
AGR-19/20 APKWS All 105 70 65
AGM-114 FA/K/L/
All 115 95 80
M/N(4/6)/P(2A)
AGM-114R All
E 130 100 90
AGM-114R2 All 145 120 110
AGM-114R9E 195 140 125
R
All
contact (airburst) (230) (185) (160)
AGM-114R9H 155 110 100
All
U

contact (airburst) (200) (150) (130)


AGM-179A JAGM 110 80 75
All
contact (airburst) (145) (105) (100)
AT

Notes:
1. Door gun risk-estimate distances (REDs) are not available due to the inability to
model crew-served weapon employment without a fire control system.
2. The .50 caliber, fixed forward platforms are not able to be modeled at this time.
N

REDs will be released as rotary-wing delivery accuracy programs increase in


fidelity for systems without fire control computers.
3. Over the shoulder methodology used for guns and unguided rockets.
G

4. All Ungrayed systems and Pi are unclassified unless specifically marked as


(CUI)
SI

Legend:
APKWS—Advanced Precision Kill JAGM—joint air-to-ground missile
Weapon System mm—millimeter
CUI—controlled unclassified information Pi—probability of incapacitation
HE—high explosive

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 133


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

134 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Appendix I
TRAINING ONLY - MINIMUM SAFE DISTANCES

WARNING
MSDs are for TRAINING ONLY.
REDs are for COMBAT ONLY.

T
AF
WARNING
DoD Range Control Offices implement range restrictions on
certified ranges to ensure risk to training personnel is less than 1

R
in 1,000,000 chance of injury. Training personnel will not deviate
from range restrictions. MSDs are NOT a replacement for Service
policy or range restrictions and do not represent the same risk

D
calculations.
MSDs are primarily a quick reference guide for pilots who are
following range restrictions as a final safety check before release.
E
1. Applicability
R
a. Table 94 provides pilots with a quick reference minimum safe distance (MSD) for
close air support (CAS). For safe positioning of ground personnel not participating,
refer to range control documentation or speak to a range control officer.
U

b. The area inside distances listed in table 94 is designated as the danger area.
MSDs are measured from the target or expected impact area and for ground
AT

function fuzed weapons only (no airburst munitions). Only use MSDs for listed
weapons. Use MSDs for training only.
2. Parameter Assumptions
a. Unguided Munitions. Aircraft attack parameters for unguided munitions must be
N

at or below 15,000 feet above ground level, employing level or diving deliveries with
a maximum of 550 knots true air speed. For exceptions, AC-130s must refer to note
5 and B-1s and B-52s must refer to note 6 in table 93.
G

b. Multiple Deliveries. General purpose ripple, string, or stick deliveries must be less
than 500 feet in total length, with a maximum of six weapons.
SI

c. GBU-31/32/38/39. Altitude and release airspeeds are limited by range regulations


and weapon battery life. Munitions must use category (CAT) IV or better
coordinates. For pattern-managed inertially aided munition (IAM) deliveries, use a
200 foot maximum impact distance from the primary target location. When using
pattern-managed employment, use CAT III, or better, coordinates.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 135


CUI
CUI

d. Ammunition/Bullet Numbers. All numbers are derived from Joint Munitions


Effectiveness Manual, Weaponeering System.
e. Rocket Deliveries. Employ them inside a 12,000 foot slant range to adhere to
published MSD for 2.75 inch rockets. For 5-inch rockets, employ them inside a 7,000
foot slant range.
f. Rotary-wing Assumptions. Ensure all helicopter deliveries of unguided ordnance
occur inside a 2,000 meter slant range. Employ unguided rockets in a diving profile.

T
g. Other Munitions. Not all munitions have MSDs calculated due to software and
data limitations. As of 2022, there is not an official process by the Services to add

AF
new weapon systems. Weapons systems and data in this section will be updated
when a formalized Service process is approved.
Table 94. Minimum Safe Distances
(Training Use Only)

R
Minimum Safe
Ricochet Fan
Weapon Distance Notes
(degrees/meters)

D
(meters)
Guided Munitions (All Platforms)
GBU-10 (2,000 lb LGB) 1,300 N/A 1 and 2
GBU-12 (500 lb LGB) 1,000 N/A 1 and 2
GBU-16 (1,000 lb LGB)
E 1,300 N/A 1 and 2
GBU-10/12/16 inert 500 N/A 1 and 2
R
GBU-31 (2,000 lb JDAM) 1,300 N/A 1
GBU-32 (1,000 lb JDAM) 1,400 N/A 1
GBU-38/54 (500 lb JDAM) 1,100 N/A 1
U

GBU-39 (250 lb SDB) 1,200 N/A 1


GBU-31/32/38 inert 500 N/A 1
AT

GBU-39 inert 500 N/A 1


Fighters and Helicopters
Mk-82 LD/HD (500 lb) 1,300 N/A
Mk-83 LD/HD (1,000 lb) 1,500 N/A
Mk-84 LD/HD (2,000 lb) 1,600 N/A
N

Mk-82/83/84 inert 500 N/A


CBU-87/103 1,800 N/A 4
G

CBU-99/100, Mk-20 1,400 N/A 4


BDU-33/38/45/50/56 500 N/A
Mk-76 500 N/A
SI

LGTR I 500 N/A 1 and 2


AGM-65 (WDU-24) 1,300 N/A 1
2.75 inch rockets WP or HE 700 60°/2,300 3
2.75 inch rockets TP or signal practice 500 60°/1,700 3
5 inch rockets WP or HE 750 60°/2,800 3
5 inch rockets TP or signal practice 500 60°/2,200 3

136 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

Table 94. Minimum Safe Distances (cont.)


(Training Use Only)
20 mm (fighter and helicopter) 500 60°/2,500 3
25 mm (fighter) 500 60°/2,400 3
30 mm (fighter and helicopter) 500 60°/3,400 3
7.62 mm (helicopter) 500 60°/1,700 3
.50 caliber (helicopter) 500 60°/3,000 3
AC-130

T
25 mm 400 (500) 60°/2,000 3 and 5
30 mm 500 N/A 3 and 5

AF
105 mm 600 (650) 60°/700 3 and 5
General Purpose Bombs Medium Altitude Bombers (Live or Inert)
Mk-82 1,300 N/A 6
B-1
Mk-84 1,500 N/A 6

R
Mk-82 1,800 N/A 6
B-52
Mk-84 2,000 N/A 6
Other Munitions

D
AGM-114 HELLFIRE 900 N/A 1
AGM-176 Griffin N/A N/A 1
Notes :
1. Guided Weapon Hazard Areas. Hazard areas for guided weapons (AGM-65, AGM-114, LGBs, and
E
JDAMs) depend upon launch conditions and, in some cases, coordinate accuracies. Coordinate target
location error and coordinate passage errors present significant risks to ground personnel for coordinate-
seeking weapons release. Mitigate mishaps by using techniques such as a triple check to decrease the
R
likelihood of communicating an incorrect coordinate. Weapon malfunctions, such as fin failures, are not
included.
a. JTACs may tactically derive coordinates. These coordinates must be confirmed using all available
U

means, including target coordinates listed in range supplements, if applicable.


b. Aircraft may tactically derive coordinates (i.e., targeting pod or synthetic aperture radar) for
employing coordinate-seeking weapons. Aircraft-derived coordinates must be confirmed. CAT IV
AT

coordinates, or better, must be used for all coordinate-seeking weapon deliveries to adhere to MSD
assumptions.
c. Guided-weapon MSDs are not platform specific. Minimum distances apply to all delivery platforms.
Release parameters must be in accordance with range regulations.
2. Environmental Factors for Laser-guided Weapons. Data assumes environmental conditions are
conducive to seeker or weapon acquisition, and reflected laser energy is sufficient to guide the weapon
N

to the target.
3. The USMC has range safety policy that governs the placement of personnel within the weapon danger
zone. Chapter 11 para 8 c (2) “For area of critical concerns that contain MEP, the RMA (Army), RCO
G

(Marine Corps), or the OIC will use the WDZ Tool Risk Analysis function and will not accept greater risk
than the safety standard of 1:1,000,000 unless a thorough risk assessment, risk management process
has been completed per reference FM 5–19 and MCO 3500.27B”.
SI

4. CBU-87/99/100/103. CBU data is for fighter employment only. Data assumes intact canister
detonations and is based on a 650 by 300 foot total pattern size. Delivery assumptions are for four
canisters or less, and at a maximum of 150 foot spacing. For patterns that exceed these parameters, the
MSD must be expanded to include the larger pattern. Indicated distances must be added to the radius of
the calculated bomblet pattern.

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 137


CUI
CUI

Table 94. Minimum Safe Distances (cont.)


(Training Use Only)
5. AC-130 parameters and restrictions.
a. With radar as the primary fire control sensor, attack targets no closer to the ground party than:
(1) 650 m for 105 mm TP/HE.
b. With a visual sensor as the primary fire control sensor (the system has a programmed to keep a
minimum of 750 m away from friendlies), attack targets no closer to ground parties than:
(1) 600 m for 105 mm HE.
(2) 400 m for 105 mm TP.

T
c. No-fires are relative to the ground party’s location from the target and based on aircraft heading; not
the gun-to-target line. For ricochet risk mitigation with TP ammunition, use no-fire zones if the ground

AF
party is within:
(1) 700 m for 105 mm TP.
d. No-fire zone aircraft headings:
(1) Beginning of zone = (friendly position to target bearing) - 60º.
(2) End of zone = (beginning of zone) - 60º.
(3) For example, the friendly position to target bearing is 180º. The no-fire zone aircraft heading

R
would encompass 120º to 060º.
e. Ricochet distances are found in Air Force Manual 13-212v1, Range Planning and Operations.
Specialized weapon danger zone footprints are available from headquarters, Air Force Special

D
Operations Command, A3TW, and the AC-130 (gunship safety footprint program).
6. Bombers (B-1, B-2, B-52).
a. Guided Weapons. Bombers must adhere to note 1 for guided weapon employment. The maximum
pattern distance for IAM weapons deliveries using pattern management tactics will not exceed 200
feet from the intended target passed from the JTAC. When dropping patterns of weapons, CAT III, or
E
better, coordinates must be used to adhere to MSD assumptions.
b. GP Bombs. Bombers conducting aircraft-computed Mk-82/Mk-84 deliveries are limited to 30,000
feet AGL and below. Airspeeds will not exceed 540 KTAS, and the maximum stick length of weapons
R
will not exceed 500 feet and six weapons. Weapon releases above the listed maximums will not meet
weapon accuracy criteria used in the MSD calculations and, therefore, will not be used.
c. Bombers will not use modifiable ballistic winds.
U

d. B-2 deliveries are restricted to GBU-31/38 only.


7. All MSDs are unclassified.
Legend:
AT

AGL—above ground level lb—pound


CAT—category LD—low drag
GP—general purpose LGB—laser-guided bomb
HD—high drag LGTR—laser-guided training round
HE—high explosive m—meter
N

HEI—high explosives incendiary mm—millimeter


IAM—inertially aided munition N/A—not applicable
JDAM—Joint Direct Attack Munition SDB—small diameter bomb
JTAC—joint terminal attack controller TP—target practice
G

KTAS—knots true airspeed WP—white phosphorous


SI

138 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

(CUI) REFERENCES
JOINT PUBLICATIONS
CJCSI 3160.01D, No-Strike and the Collateral Damage Estimation Methodology, 21
May 2021
CJCSI 3320.02F, Joint Spectrum Interference Resolution, 8 March 2013
JP 3-03, Joint Interdiction, 26 May 2022

T
JP 3-09, Joint Fire Support, 10 April 2019
JP 3-09.3, Close Air Support, 10 June 2019, validated on 07 June 2021

AF
JP 3-85, Joint Electromagnetic Spectrum Operations, 22 May 2020
JP 4-02 Joint Health Services, 17 Dec 2017, w/Ch 1, 28 September 2018
DOD Dictionary of Military and Associated Terms, April 2023
ARMY

R
St 3-09.63 Guided Multiple Launch Rocket System (GMLRS) Unitary Rocket
(M31/M31A1) Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures (TTP) 1 July 2017

D
MARINE CORPS
MCO 3570.1C – Range Safety, 29 February 2012
AIR FORCE E
AFMAN 13-212v1, Range Planning and Operations, 22 June 2018
MULTI-SERVICE
R
ATP 3-52.1, MCRP 3-20F.4, NTTP 3-56.4, AFTTP 3-2.78, Multi-Service Tactics,
Techniques, and Procedures for Airspace Control, February 2019
ATP 1-02.1, MCRP 3-30B.1, NTTP 6-02.1, AFTTP 3-2.5, Multi-Service Tactics,
U

Techniques, and Procedures for Multi-Service Brevity Codes, March 2023


ATP 3-60.2, MCRP 3-20D.1, NTTP 3-03.4.3, AFTTP 3-2.72, Multi-Service Tactics,
AT

Techniques, and Procedures for Strike Coordination and Reconnaissance, January


2018
OTHER
(CUI) Neitzke, Erika and Jill Iracki; 2023 JFIRE Risk Estimate Distances Methodology
White Paper (SECRET)
N

Standardization agreement (STANAG) 1034, Allied techniques publication-4(F), Allied


Naval Fire Support, 25 February 2013
G

REFERENCED FORMS
DD Form 1972, Joint Tactical Air Strike Request
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 139


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

140 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

GLOSSARY

PART I – ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS


A
A2K advanced 2000 pound

T
AAS advanced aerial sensor
AASM advanced air-to-surface missile

AF
AC aircraft
AGL above ground level
AGM air-to-ground missile

R
AI air interdiction
AIR-MAR maritime air

D
ALSSA Air Land Sea Space Application [Center]
AM amplitude modulation
ANG Air National Guard
E
ANW2 adaptive networking wideband waveform
R
AO area of operations
AoF angle of fall
U

AP armor-piercing
APAM antipersonnel/antiarmor
AT

API armor-piercing incendiary


APKWS Advanced Precision Kill Weapon System
APMI accelerated precision mortar initiative
N

ARM Antiradiation missile


A/S air-to-surface
G

ASOC air support operations center


ATACMS Army Tactical Missile System
SI

ATFLIR advanced targeting forward-looking infrared


ATP Army techniques publication
AUP advanced unitary penetrator (munition)
AW alternative warhead

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 141


CUI
CUI

B
BACN battlefield airborne communication node
BDA battle damage assessment
BHO battle handover
BOC bomb on coordinate
BOT bomb on target

T
BP battle position

AF
C
C2 command and control
CAOC Combined Air Operations Center

R
CAS close air support
CASEVAC casualty evacuation

D
CAT category
CBU cluster bomb unit
CCD charge-coupled device
CCS
E
counter-communication system
CCT Combat controller
R
CCVT closed circuit television
U

CDE collateral damage estimation


CDI cast ductile iron
AT

CEM combined effects munition


CEP circular error probable
CESAS Communications Emitter Sensing and Attacking
System
N

CFF call for fire


civ civilian
G

CJCSI Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff instruction


CNR combat net radio
SI

COMAFSOF Commander, Air Force Special Operations Forces


CONOPS concept of operations
CREW counter radio-controlled improvised explosive
device electromagnetic warfare
ctr contractor
142 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023
CUI
CUI

CVT controlled variable time (fuze)


D
DACAS digitally aided close air support
DAFMAN Department of the Air Force manual
DAS distributed aperture system
DASC direct air support center

T
DF direction finding

AF
DLER description, location, elevation, remarks
DMS dual-mode seeker
DPICM dual-purpose improved conventional munitions

R
DPIP departing initial point
DTG date-time group

D
DTV day television
DVO direct-view optics
DWE desired weapon effects
E
E
EA electromagnetic attack
R
EARF electromagnetic attack request form
U

EGBU enhanced guided bomb unit


ELPRS enhanced position location reporting system
AT

EMS electromagnetic spectrum


EO electro-optical
EOB electronic order of battle
ES electromagnetic support
N

ET electronically timed
G

ETR external timing reference


EU European Union
SI

EW electromagnetic warfare
exfil exfiltration
F
FAATS friendlies, artillery, airspace, and threats
FAC(A) forward air controller (airborne)

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 143


CUI
CUI

FAH final attack heading


FDC fire direction center
FFE fire for effect
FLIR forward-looking infrared
FLM focused-lethality munition
FM frequency modulation

T
FRAG fragmentation

AF
FSCC fire support coordination center (USMC)
FSCM fire support coordination measure
ft foot

R
FTM free text message
FW fixed-wing

D
G
GBU guided bomb unit
GEOREF geographic reference
GFC
E
ground force commander
GMLRS Global Positioning System Multiple Launch Rocket
R
System
GMTI ground moving target indicator
U

GP general purpose
GPS Global Positioning System
AT

GRG gridded reference graphic


GS ground speed
GTL gun-target line
N

GURF guns up ready to fire (report)


H
G

HA holding area
HARM high-speed antiradiation missile
SI

HAT height above target


HD high drag
HE high explosives
HEI high explosive incendiary

144 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

HEI-T high explosive incendiary-tracer


HERA high-explosive rocket-assisted
HF high frequency
HIMARS High Mobility Artillery Rocket System
HOB height of burst
HPW high-performance waveform (satellite

T
communications)

AF
HQ HAVE QUICK
HTS high-speed antiradiation missile targeting system
HVAA high-value airborne asset
I

R
IAM inertially aided munition
IAW in accordance with

D
ID identification
IDL initialization data load
IDM
E
improved data modem
IDT interflight data transfer
R
IFF identification, friend or foe
ILLUM illumination
U

ILW improved lethality weapon


IM insensitive munition
AT

IMMSS interim MEDEVAC mission support system


INS inertial navigation system
IO information operations
N

IP initial point
IR infrared
G

IRST infrared search and track


ISAR inverse synthetic aperture radar
SI

ISR intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance


IZLID infrared zoom laser illuminator designator
J
JAGIC joint air-ground integration center

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 145


CUI
CUI

JAGM joint air-to-ground missile


JAOC joint air operations center
JASSM joint air-to-surface standoff missile
JCA jamming control authority
JDAM Joint Direct Attack Munition
JFO joint fires observer

T
JMPS Joint Mission Planning System

AF
JP joint publication
JIPTL joint integrated prioritized target list
JREAP Joint Range Extension Applications Protocol

R
JRFL joint restricted frequency list
JSOW joint standoff weapon

D
JTAC joint terminal attack controller
JTAR joint tactical air strike request
JTF joint task force
JWICS
E
Joint Worldwide Intelligence Communications
System
R
JU joint tactical information distribution system unit
K
U

k thousand
km kilometer
AT

kph kilometers per hour


kt knot
KTAS knots true airspeed
N

L
LAR launch acceptability region
G

lat/long latitude and longitude


lb pound
SI

LBR laser beam rider


LCDB low collateral damage bomb
LD low drag
LGB laser-guided bomb

146 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

LGTR laser-guided training round


LJDAM laser Joint Direct Attack Munition
LRASSM long range anti-ship missile
LLLTV low-light-level television
LRD laser range/designator
LRF laser range finder

T
LRFD laser range finder designator

AF
LST laser spot tracker
LTD laser target designator
LTL laser-to-target line

R
LTM laser target marker
LWIR long-wave infrared

D
LZ landing zone
M
m meter
MA
E
mission assignment
MALD miniature air-launched decoy
R
mag magnetic
U

MAJCOM major command


MANPADS man-portable air defense system
AT

Marine TACC Marine tactical air command center (USMC)


max maximum
MAXORD maximum ordinate
MCM maneuver control measure
N

MCO Marine Corps order


G

MCRP Marine Corps reference publication


MDS mission design series
SI

MEDEVAC medical evacuation


MEWSS mobile electromagnetic warfare support system
MFAS multifunction active sensor
MFF multifunction fuze
MGRS military grid reference system

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 147


CUI
CUI

mi mile
mil milliradian
min minimum
mins minutes
mIRC Mardam-Bey internet relay chat
MIST mechanism of injury, injury type, signs, treatment

T
MLRS multiple-launch rocket system

AF
mm millimeter
MMW millimeter wave
MOA method of attack

R
MOF multioption fuze
MOFN multioption fuze (for) Navy

D
mph miles per hour
MPSM multipurpose submunition
MSD minimum safe distance
msec millisecond
E
MSL mean sea level
R
MSR main supply route
U

MT mechanical time (artillery fuze)


MTADS modernized target acquisition designation sight
AT

MTI moving target indicator


MT-LB multipurpose light-armoured towing vehicle
MTO message to observer
MTS multispectral targeting system
N

MTSQ mechanical time superquick


G

MTTP multi-service tactics, techniques, and procedures


MTV mobile tactical video
SI

MWAS maritime wide-area search


MWIR mid-wavelength infrared
N
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NAVWAR navigation warfare

148 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

NDL network design load


NGF naval gunfire
NGFS naval gunfire support
nm nautical mile
NPG network participation group
NSFS naval surface fire support

T
NTR network timing reference

AF
NTS night targeting system
NTSU night targeting system upgrade
NTTP Navy tactics, techniques, and procedures

R
O
OCO offensive cyberspace operations

D
OP observation post
OPCON operational control
OPE operational preparation of the environment
ORD ordinate
E
OSC on-scene commander
R
OSR on station report
U

OTL observer-target line


P
AT

pax passengers
PBX plastic-bonded explosive
PCN Pavement classification number
PD point detonating (fuze)
N

PFF preformed fragmentation


G

PGK precision guidance kit


PGM precision-guided munition
SI

Pi probability of incapacitation
PPLI precise participant location and identification
PRF pulse repetition frequency
PTT push-to-talk
PZ pickup zone

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 149


CUI
CUI

Q
QRU quick-reaction unitary
R
RAP rocket-assisted projectile
RCIED radio-controlled improvised explosive device
RCR runway condition rating

T
RED risk-estimate distance

AF
RFF rolling friction factor
RFS request for support
ROE rules of engagement

R
RP red phosphorus
RPA remotely-piloted aircraft

D
RVL reduced visibility landing
RW rotary-wing
S
S/A
E
surface-to-air
S/S surface-to-surface
R
SA situational awareness
U

SACC supporting arms coordination center


SADL situation awareness data link
AT

SALT-R size, activity, location, time, remarks


SAM surface-to-air missile
SAPHEI Semi-armor-piercing high-explosive incendiary
SAR synthetic aperture radar
N

sat satellite
G

SATCOM satellite communications


SB switchblade
SI

SCAR strike coordination and reconnaissance


SCATMINE scatterable mine
SDB small diameter bomb
SEAD suppression of enemy air defenses
sec second

150 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

SGM small glide munition


SID subsystem identification number
SINCGARS single-channel ground and airborne radio system
SIPRNET SECRET Internet Protocol Router Network
SITREP situation report
SLAM-ER standoff land-attack missile-expanded response

T
SOF special operations forces

AF
SP self-propelled
SPACI semi-prepared airfield condition index
SQ superquick

R
SSEE ship’s signal exploitation equipment
SSMS surface-to-surface missile system

D
STANAG standardization agreement (NATO)
STO special tactics officer (USAF)
SUST sustained
SWIR
E
short-wave infrared
T
R
TA target acquisition
U

TAC(A) tactical air coordinator (airborne)


TAD tactical air direction
AT

TCDL tactical common data link


TD time delay
TEFACHR threat, enemy situation, friendly update, artillery,
clearance authority, hazards, and
N

remarks/restrictions
TFLIR targeting forward-looking infrared
G

TIES type, ingress, egress, sort


TLAM Tomahawk land-attack missile
SI

TMO target mensuration only


TOC tactical operations center
TOF time of flight
TOL time of launch
TOS time on station
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 151
CUI
CUI

TOT time on target


TP target practice
TP-T target practice-tracer
TSS target sight system
TT target tracking
TTNT tactical targeting network technology

T
TTOF total time of flight

AF
TTP tactics, techniques, and procedures
TTT time to target
Tx transmission

R
U
UAS unmanned aircraft system

D
UHF ultrahigh frequency
UK United Kingdom
URN unit reference number
US
E
United States
USCYBERCOM United States Cyber Command
R
USMC United States Marine Corps
U

USN United States Navy


V
AT

V voice
VDL video downlink
VHF very high frequency
VMF variable message format
N

VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol


G

VORTEX video oriented transceiver for exchange


VT variable time (proximity fuze)
SI

VT-RF variable time-radio frequency (proximity fuze)


W, X, Y, Z
WBC weight bearing capacity
WCMD wind-corrected munitions dispenser
WDZ weapon danger zone

152 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

WGS 84 World Geodetic System 1984


WP white phosphorous
WX weather

PART II – TERMS AND DEFINITIONS


air interdiction—Air operations to perform interdiction conducted at such distances

T
from friendly forces that detailed integration of each air mission with the fire and
movement of friendly forces is not required. Also called AI. (DOD Dictionary. Source:

AF
JP 3-03)
airspace coordinating measures—Measures employed to facilitate the efficient use of
airspace to accomplish missions and simultaneously provide safeguards for friendly
forces. Also called ACMs. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-52)

R
airspace coordination area—A three-dimensional block of airspace in a target area,
established by the appropriate commander, in which friendly aircraft are reasonably

D
safe from friendly surface fires. Also called ACA. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)
antiradiation missile— A missile which homes passively on a radiation source. Also
called ARM. See also guided missile. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-01)
E
battle damage assessment—The estimate of damage composed of physical and
functional damage assessment, as well as target system assessment, resulting from the
application of fires. Also called BDA. See also combat assessment. (DOD Dictionary.
R
Source: JP 3-0)
close air support—Air action by aircraft against hostile targets that are in close
U

proximity to friendly forces and that require detailed integration of each air mission with
the fire and movement of those forces. Also called CAS. See also air interdiction. (DOD
Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)
AT

collateral damage—A form of collateral effect that causes unintentional or incidental


injury or damage to persons or objects that would not be lawful military targets in the
circumstances ruling at the time. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-60)
N

danger close—For air-to-surface (A/S) and surface-to-surface (S/S) missions, the term
DANGER CLOSE is a mandatory call alerting of an elevated risk to the closest friendly
troops from the intended point of a weapon’s impact requiring specific procedures for
G

risk mitigation.
desired point of impact—A precise point associated with a target and assigned as the
SI

impact point for a single unitary weapon to create a desired effect. Also called DPI.
(DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-60)
directed energy—An umbrella term covering technologies that relate to the production
of a beam of concentrated electromagnetic energy or atomic or subatomic particles.
Also called DE. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-85)
electromagnetic attack – Division of electromagnetic warfare involving the use of
electromagnetic energy, directed energy, or antiradiation weapons to attack personnel,
08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 153
CUI
CUI

facilities, or equipment with the intent of degrading, neutralizing, or destroying enemy


combat capability and is considered a form of fires. Also called EA. See also
electromagnetic protection; electromagnetic support; electromagnetic warfare. (DOD
Dictionary. Source: JP 3-85)
fire support coordination measure—A measure employed by commanders to
facilitate the rapid engagement of targets and simultaneously provide safeguards for
friendly forces. Also called FSCM. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-0)

T
forward air controller (airborne)— A specifically trained and qualified aviation officer,
normally an airborne extension of the tactical air control party, who exercises control

AF
from the air of aircraft engaged in close air support of ground troops. Also called
FAC(A). (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)
gun-target line—An imaginary straight line from gun to target. Also called GTL. (DOD
Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)

R
joint fires observer— A certified and qualified Service member who requests, controls,
and adjusts surface-to-surface fires; provides targeting information in support of close
air support; and performs terminal guidance operations. Also called JFO. (DOD

D
Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)
strike coordination and reconnaissance—An air mission to detect targets and
coordinate or perform attack or reconnaissance on those targets. Also called SCAR.
(DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-03)
E
suppression—Temporary or transient degradation by an opposing force of the
R
performance of a weapons system below the level needed to fulfill its mission
objectives. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-01)
U

suppression of enemy air defenses— Activity that neutralizes, destroys, or


temporarily degrades surface-based enemy air defenses by destructive and/or
disruptive means. Also called SEAD. See also electromagnetic warfare. (DOD
AT

Dictionary. Source: JP 3-01)


tactical air coordinator (airborne) - An aircrew member who coordinates, from an
aircraft, the actions of other aircraft engaged in air support of ground or sea forces. Also
called TAC(A). See also forward observer. (Source: JP 3-09.3)
N

target location error—The difference between the coordinates generated for a target
and the actual location of the target. Also called TLE. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-
G

09.3)
targeting - The process of selecting and prioritizing targets and matching the
appropriate response to them, considering operational requirements and capabilities.
SI

(DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-0)


time on target—The actual time at which munitions impact the target. Also called TOT.
(DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)
time to target—The number of minutes and seconds to elapse before aircraft ordnance
impacts on target. Also called TTT. (DOD Dictionary. Source: JP 3-09.3)

154 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

weaponeering – The process of determining the specific means required to create a


desired effect on a given target. (DOD Dictionary. Source JP 3-60)

T
AF
R
D
E
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

08 SEP 2023 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 155


CUI
CUI

T
AF
R
D
E
This page intentionally left blank.
R
U
AT
N
G
SI

156 ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6 08 SEP 2023


CUI
CUI

*ATP 3-09.32
MCRP 3-31.6
NTTP 3-09.2
AFTTP 3-2.6
08 SEP 2023
By Order of the Secretary of the Army

T
Official: JAMES C. MCCONVILLE
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff

AF
KATHLEEN S. MILLER
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army

R
1927607
DISTRIBUTION:
Active Army, Army National Guard, and US Army Reserve: Distribute in accordance

D
with the initial distribution number (ID) 114378, requirements for ATP 3-09.32
E
By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force
R
WILLIAM G. HOLT
Major General, USAF
U

Commander
Curtis E. LeMay Center for Doctrine Development
and Education
AT

ACCESSIBILITY: Publications and forms are available on the e-Publishing website


at www.e-publishing.af.mil for downloading or ordering.
RELEASABILITY: DISTRIBUTION AND DISSEMINATION: FED CON: Distribution
N

authorized to Federal Employees of the U.S. Government


executive branch agencies or armed forces personnel of the U.S.
G

or Active Guard and Reserve, and to federal contractors only.


DESTRUCTION NOTICE—Destroy by any method that prevents
disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document..
SI

* Supersedes ATP 3-09.32/MCRP 3-31.6A/NTTP 3-09.2/AFTTP 3-2.6, dated 18


October 2019.

CUI
CUI

Quick Reference Briefs and Tables


Situation Update TEFACHR Format
Line Situation Update Battle Handover (BHO)
Threat General locations of surface-to-air threats not already covered.
Time of last observed surface-to-air fires.
Enemy Situation General enemy disposition. General enemy disposition.

T
Avoid listing grids. Target grids Ground commander’s targeting
will be addressed in close air priority list.

AF
support (CAS) briefs. Target location grids (may require
breaking up transmission).
Ground commander’s attack
guidance matrix.
Friendly Update General friendly situation and scheme of maneuver.

R
 Use geographic references, phase lines, checkpoints, etc. The
technique is to use general terms: “all friendlies are east of the 94

D
easting.”
Avoid passing friendly grids. If needed, use no more than 6 digits.
All factor friendly forces during time on station (TOS), not just the
joint terminal attack controller (JTAC).
E
All CAS assets, ordnance, and TOS remaining for the BHO.
Artillery List factor indirect fire assets. Determine the firing unit’s
R
This may include general location, call sign, frequency, and
direction of fire. status.
Clearance Omit this if the speaker has control.
U

Authority Clarify roles if there are multiple voices on tactical air direction. For
example, “Broadsword 11 has control and is located in the combat
AT

operations center. My joint fires observer (JFO) call sign, Mustang, is


located with Charlie Company and is up this net.”
Define who has authority for brief, stack, mark, and control.
Pass a plan for approving fires for BHO.
N
G
SI

CUI
CUI

NSFS Call for Fire


(Grid/Polar Plot/Shift from a Known Point)
First Transmission (spotter identification, warning order to include target
number).
“ _____________ , this is _____ , fire mission,
(ship’s call sign) (observer’s call sign)
target number ____ , over.”

T
(assigned by observer)
Second Transmission (target location, description, method of engagement,

AF
method of control).
Target Location: Grid.
“Grid __________ , altitude __________ ;

R
(6-digit minimum) (meters (m) mean sea level (MSL))
direction _________ .”
(milliradians (mils)/degrees (deg))

D
Target Location: Polar Plot.
“Direction ______ ” in mils/deg (to nearest 10 mils/1 deg)
E
“Distance ______ ” in m (to nearest 100 m)
“Up/down _______ .” in m (to nearest 5 m)
(vertical shift)
R
Target Location: Shift from a Known Point.
U

“Shift ___________ ”
(target number/reference point)
“Direction _______ ” in mils/deg (to nearest 10 mils/1 deg)
AT

(from observer to target)


“Left/right _______ ” in m (to nearest 10m)
(lateral shift)
“Add/drop _______ ” in m (to nearest 100m)
N

(range shift)
“Up/down _______ , over.” in m (to nearest 5m)
G

(vertical shift)
Target Description: size, activity.
Method of Engagement: ammunition, fuze type, # guns, # salvos.
SI

Method of Control: spotter adjust, ship adjust, fire for effect


Method of Control Modifiers: cannot observe, at my command

CUI
CUI

Aircraft Check-in Briefing


Aircrew: “ ______________ , this is ______________________________________.”
Mission number: (if required) “________________________________________.”
Number and type of aircraft: “________________________________________.”
Position and altitude: “______________________________________________.”
Ordnance: “______________________________________________________.”
Playtime or time on station: “_________________________________________.”

T
Capabilities: “_____________________________________________________.”
(FAC(A), type of sensors, Link 16, VDL code, SITREPs on board, map version or GRGs, UAS
lost link procedures/route).

AF
Abort code: (if required)“____________________________________________.”
Legend:
FAC(A)—forward air controller SITREP—situation report
(airborne) UAS—unmanned aircraft system
GRG—gridded reference graphic VDL—video downlink

R
Army Attack Aviation/SOF Rotary Wing Request and

D
SOF Gunship CFF Format
1. Observer and Warning Order.
“__________________, this is ___________________, fire mission, over.”
(aircraft call sign) (observer call sign)
E
2. Friendly Location and Mark.
R
“My position ______________, marked by ____________________________.”
(e.g., grid) (strobe, beacon, etc.)
3. Target Location.
U

“Target Location _________________________________________________.”


(bearing (magnetic) and range (meters), grid, etc.)
AT

4. Target Description and Mark.


“_________________________, marked by ___________________________.”
(target description) (infrared pointer, tracer, etc.)
5. Remarks: “__________________________________________________
N

_________________________________________________________,over.”
(clearance, danger close, at my command, threats, restrictions, etc.)
Notes:
G

1. Clearance. If airspace has been cleared between the employing aircraft and the target, transmission of this brief is
clearance to fire unless “danger close”, “at my command”, or an additional method of control is stated.
2. Danger Close. The commander must accept responsibility for increased risk. State “cleared danger close” in line 5 (If
required, provide “Danger Close” in line 1 for Army Attack Aviation/SOF RW) and pass the initials of the on-scene ground
SI

commander. This clearance may be preplanned.


3. At My Command. For positive control of the aircraft, state “at my command” on line 5 (If required, provide “At my
command” in line 1 for Army Attack Aviation/SOF RW). The aircraft may call “ready”, when ready. To command the aircraft
to attack, the observer will say "(aircraft call sign) cleared to engage."
4. For “Multi-target” engagements’ Provide lines 3 and 4 sequentially for each target prior to passing “Remarks” (If required,
provide “Multi-target” in line 1 for Army Attack Aviation/SOF RW).
5. For synchronization of fires, methods of fire and control may be included in line 5. Refer to table 2, “Methods of Fire and
Control”, for additional measures.

CUI
CUI

Game Plan and 9-line CAS Brief


Do not transmit the numbers. Units of measure are standard unless briefed.
Lines 4, 6, and any restrictions are mandatory readbacks. The joint terminal
attack controller (JTAC) may request an additional readback.
JTAC: “ _ , advise when ready for game plan.”
(call sign)
JTAC: “Type (1, 2, 3) control (method of attack, effects desired or

T
ordnance, interval). Advise when ready for 9-line.”
1. Initial Point/Battle Position (IP/BP): “ ______________________________.”

AF
2. Heading: “___________________________________________________.”
(degrees magnetic, IP or BP-to-target)
Offset: “_____________________________________________________.”
(left or right, when requested)

R
3. Distance: “__________________________________________________.”
(IP-to-target in nautical miles, BP-to-target in meters)
4. Target elevation: “____________________________________________.”

D
(in feet, mean sea level)
5. Target description: “___________________________________________.”
6. Target location: “______________________________________________.”
E
(latitude and longitude or grid coordinates, or offsets or visual)
7. Type mark/terminal guidance: “__________________________________.”
(description of the mark, if laser handoff;
R
call sign of lasing platform and code)
8. Location of friendlies: “_________________________________________”
U

(from target, cardinal direction and distance in meters)


Position marked by: “__________________________________________.”
9. “Egress ____________________________________________________.”
AT

Remarks and Restrictions (*items are restrictions):


 *Final attack headings or attack direction.
 Laser-to-target line/pointer target line.
 Surface-to-air threat, location, and type of air defense suppression.
N

 *Airspace coordination areas.


 *Danger close and initials.
G

 *Post launch abort restrictions.


 Additional remarks (e.g., gun-to-target line, weather, hazards).
 Desired type and number of ordnance or weapons effects.
SI

 *Time on target/time to target.


 Additional calls requested.
 *Approval out of BP for rotary-wing aircraft.

CUI
CUI

Fixed-Wing REDs (Danger Close-Standing) Quick Reference


(page 1)
All information unclassified unless marked (CUI)
50-75m
GB-39A/B Contact- SDB FLM
101-125m
20mm FW Gun

T
25mm FW Gun
30mm FW Gun

AF
AC-130 30mm
AGM-114 FA/K/L/M/N (4/6)/P(2A) - HELLFIRE
AGM-179A Contact - JAGM
AGR-20 A/B/C/D (M151/282) - APKWS 2.75” Rockets

R
126-150m
sAGM-114R/R2 - Hellfire

D
AGM-176 II Contact/Airburst - Griffin
AGM-179A Airburst - JAGM
GBU-38v5 Contact – Low collateral
E
GBU-49 (BLU-129/B) Contact – Paveway II
GBU-54v5 Contact – LJDAM Low collateral
R
151-175m
AC-130 105mm contact
U

AGM-114R9H Contact - HELLFIRE


AGM-176A Blk III/VI Contact - Griffin
AT

GBU-38v5 Airburst – Low collateral


GBU-49 (BLU-129/B) Airburst – Paveway II
GBU-54v5 Airburst – LJDAM Low collateral
176-200m
N

AC-130 105mm airburst


AGM-65 – Maverick (ALL)
G

AGM-114R9E Contact
Brimstone – UK HELLFIRE
GBU-38v4 Contact – Low collateral
SI

GBU-49 (BLU-126/B) Contact


GBU-51 Contact – Low collateral
(CUI) GBU-53/B Contact – SDB II
GBU-54v4 Contact – LJDAM Low collateral
GBU-54v5 Airburst – LJDAM Low collateral

CUI
CUI

Fixed-Wing REDs (Danger Close-Standing) Quick


Reference
(page 2)
201-225m
SBU-64 – AASM+IR
AGM-114R9H Airburst - HELLFIRE
CBU-103 – WCMD-CEM

T
GBU-39/B and B/B Contact - SDB

AF
(CUI) GBU-53/B Airburst – SDB II
GBU-58/59 Contact – LGB
226-250m
AGM-84K – SLAM-ER

R
AGM-114R9E Airburst – HELLFIRE
AGM-176A Blk III/IV Airburst – Griffin
CBU-87 - CEM

D
(CUI) GBU-38v7 Contact and Airburst – CDI ILW
GBU-49 (BLU-126/B) Airburst
GBU-54v4 Airburst – LJDAM Low collateral
E
251-275m
AGM-176A Blk III/IV Contact – Griffin
R
GBU-12 Contact - LGB
GBU-38 Contact - JDAM
U

(CUI) GBU-38v9 Contact – Enhanced Urban Penetrator


GBU-49 Contact – Enhanced Paveway II
AT

GBU-54 Contact - LJDAM


M151/229 Unguided 2.75” Rocket
276-300m
Mk-82/BLU-111 Contact
N

GBU-39/B and B/B - SDB


GBU-54v9 Contact – Enhanced Urban Penetrator LJDAM
G

GBU-58/59 Airburst - LGB


326-350m
GBU-16 Contact - LGB
SI

GBU-32 Contact - JDAM


GBU-38 Airburst - JDAM
(CUI) GBU-38v11 Contact – Enhanced Penetrator

CUI
CUI

Fixed-Wing REDs (Danger Close-Standing) Quick


Reference
(page 3)
351-375m
AGM-158A - JASSM
Mk-82/BLU-111 Airburst
GBU-49 Airburst – Enhanced Paveway II

T
GBU-54 Airburst - LJDAM

AF
376-400m
Mk-83/BLU-110 Contact
GBU-10 Contact - LGB
GBU-24/B Contact - LGB

R
GBU-31 Contact/Airburst - JDAM
(CUI) GBU-31v11 Contact/Airburst - ILW
GBU-32 Airburst - JDAM

D
GBU-56 Contact/Airburst - LJDAM
401-425m
Mk-83/BLU-110 Airburst
E
Mk-84/BLU-117 Contact/Airburst
450-475m
R
(CUI) GBU-69 Contact/Airburst - SGM
476-500m
U

(CUI) GBU31v9 Contact - A2K penetrator


Paveway IV
AT

500-700m
GBU-49 (BLU-133/B) Contact/Airburst – Enhanced
Paveway II
BLU-109 PGM (B/B and C/B) - penetrator
N

700m+
GBU-49 (BLU-133/B) Airburst – Enhanced Paveway II
G
SI

CUI
CUI

Elements and Transmissions of a Call For Fire (CFF)


1st Transmission
1. Observer identification (call sign).
2. Warning order.
2nd Transmission
3. Target location.
3rd Transmission

T
4. Target description.
5. Method of engagement.

AF
6. Method of fire and control.

Message to Observer
1. Units to fire* (firing unit, adjusting 5. Time of flight (in seconds).

R
unit). 6. Maximum ordinate altitude.
2. Changes to call for fire* (if any). 7. Additional information.
3. Number of rounds* (per tube). * required item

D
4. Target number*

Adjustments
E
“Left/right _____________________________ ;
(meters, distance from impact to observer-target line)
R
Add/drop ______________________________ ;
(meters, distance from impact to target)
U

Up/down _________________________ , over.”


(meters, distance from height of burst (HOB) to desired HOB)
AT

“Fire for effect, over.”


(Sent with the final correction, when effects on target are observed)

Immediate Suppression / Immediate Smoke Mission


N

(Grid Method)
Observer: “_________ this is ______________
G

(fire direction center’s call sign)(observer’s call sign)


suppression/immediate smoke ______ , over.”
(target number or minimum 6-digit grid)
SI

Note: The United States Marine Corps may include a “duration” call after target
location.

CUI
CUI

Rotary Wing CAS 5-line Brief


1. Observer/Warning Order/Game Plan
“ ________________ , ______________ , 5-line,
(aircraft call sign) (JTAC/FAC(A) call sign)
Type (1, 2, or 3) control, MOA (BOC or BOT), (ordnance requested).”
2. Friendly location/mark

T
“My position ________________, marked by_______________________“
(target reference point, grid, etc.) (beacon, IR strobe, etc.)

AF
3. Target location
“Target location, ______________________________________________“
(magnetic bearing and range in meters, target reference point, grid, etc.)
4. Target description/mark

R
“_____________________________, marked by _____________________.”
(target description) (IR, tracer, etc.)

D
5. Remarks and Restrictions (* items are restrictions):
 Laser-to-target line or pointer target line.
 Desired type and number of ordnance or weapons effects (if not previously
coordinated).
E
 Surface-to-air threat, location, and type of SEAD.
 Additional calls requested.
R
 Additional remarks (gun-target line, weather, hazards).
 *Final attack headings.
U

 *Airspace coordination areas.


 *Danger close and initials.
 *Time on target/time to target.
AT

 *Post launch abort coordination and considerations.

Note: The rotary wing CAS 5-line should be passed as one transmission. If the
restrictions portion is lengthy, it may be a separate transmission.
Legend:
N

BP—battle position IR—infrared


BOC—bomb on coordinate JTAC—joint terminal attack controller
BOT—bomb on target MOA—method of attack
G

FAC(A)—forward air controller SEAD—suppression of enemy air


(airborne) defenses
SI

CUI
CUI

Helicopter or Tiltrotor (LZ) Brief


LZ NAME or LOCATION:
GRID/ELEVATION:
SIZE (FEET):
MARKED BY:

LANDING HEADING/DIRECTION:
APPROACH FROM:

T
LAND:
DEPART TO:

AF
FORMATION (TRAIL, ECHELON L/R, ONLINE, TRAIL):

WINDS (DIR/SPEED):

R
*Example extract table. This does not replace the use of the assault support landing
table (ASLT) for USMC PZ operations.

D
CHALK 1 PAX # DOOR MARKING
LOAD
E
CHALK 2 PAX # DOOR MARKING
LOAD
R
U

HAZARDS:
Obstructions:
AT

Terrain (brownout, pinnacle, etc.):


Enemy (SALTA Report):
EXAMPLE CONTROLLER TO A/C PICK-UP CALLS:
“Ready for extract”
“Exfil, exfil, exfil”
N

“CASEVAC, CASEVAC, CASEVAC”

EXAMPLE LZ BRIEF FROM CONTROLLER:


G

“Metal 41, Broadsword 14 advise ready LZ brief.”


“LZ Napier, 200x200, marked by IR pointer, approach from south, land 330 echelon
SI

right, left door load. Winds N 5kts.”


“Chalk one 15 pax marked by IR strobe, chalk two 12 pax marked by IR buzzsaw.”
“Expect brownout, antenna 100m North of LZ, no known enemy activity.”
“Call ready for mark (smoke, rope, sparkle, etc.)”.

CUI
CUI

9-Line Evacuation Request


Line Item Explanation
Grid coordinates using the military grid reference system
(MGRS) of the pickup site should be sent by secure
1 Location of pickup. communications. To prevent confusion, the grid zone letters are
included in the message. Follow standard operating procedures
for encryption of grid if using unsecure communications.
Radio frequency, call Frequency of the radio at the pickup site, not a relay frequency.

T
2 sign, and suffix (if used). The call sign of the person to be contacted at the pickup site
may be transmitted in the clear.
A—Urgent.

AF
B—Urgent-surgery.
Number of patients by C—Priority.
3 precedence. D—Routine.
E—Convenience.
If two or more categories must be reported in the same request,

R
insert the word “BREAK” between each category.
A—None.
Special equipment B—Hoist.

D
4
required. C—Extraction equipment.
D—Ventilator.
Number of patients by Litter + number of patients (Litter).
5
type.
E
Ambulatory + number of patients (Ambulatory).
N—No enemy in the area.
(Wartime) P—Possible enemy in the area, use caution.
R
Security of pickup site E—Enemy in the area, approach with caution.
6 X—Enemy in the area, armed escort required.
(Peacetime) Specific information regarding patient wounds by type (ex:
U

Number and type of gunshot or shrapnel). Report serious bleeding, along with
wound, injury, or illness. patient blood type if known.
A—Panels.
AT

Method of markings B—Pyrotechnic signal.


7 pickup site. C—Smoke (color).
D—None.
E—Other.
The number of patients in each category need not be
N

transmitted.
Patient nationality and A—US military
8 status. B—US citizen
G

C—Non-US military
D—Non-US citizen
E—Enemy prisoner of war
SI

(Wartime) C—Chemical.
Contamination B—Biological.
(only if required). R—Radiological.
9
N—Nuclear.
(Peacetime) Describe obstacles and prominent features around the landing
Terrain description. site (e.g., lake, tower).

MARINE CORPS PCN: 144 000033 01 PIN:


CUI

You might also like